[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 39 (Thursday, February 27, 2014)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 11227-11294]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-02704]



[[Page 11227]]

Vol. 79

Thursday,

No. 39

February 27, 2014

Part III





Environmental Protection Agency





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





40 CFR Parts 51, 60, 61, et al.





 Revisions to Test Methods and Testing Regulations; Final Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 / 
Rules and Regulations

[[Page 11228]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

40 CFR Parts 51, 60, 61, and 63

[EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0114; FRL-9906-23-OAR]
RIN 2060-AQ01


Revisions to Test Methods and Testing Regulations

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This action promulgates technical and editorial corrections 
for source testing of emissions and operations. Some current testing 
provisions contain inaccuracies and outdated procedures, and new 
alternatives that have been approved are being added. These revisions 
will improve the quality of data and will give testers additional 
flexibility to use the newly approved alternative procedures.

DATES: This final rule is effective on February 27, 2014. The 
incorporation by reference materials listed in the rule are approved by 
the Director of the Federal Register as of February 27, 2014.

ADDRESSES: The EPA has established a docket for this action under 
Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0114. All documents in the docket are 
listed in the http://www.regulations.gov index. Although listed in the 
index, some information is not publicly available, e.g., confidential 
business information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is 
restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted 
material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available 
only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are 
available either electronically at www.regulations.gov or in hard copy 
at the Air Docket, EPA/DC, William Jefferson Clinton (WJC) Building, 
Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC. The Docket 
Facility and the Public Reading Room are open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 
p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone 
number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone 
number for the Air Docket is (202) 566-1742.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. Lula Melton, U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Air 
Quality Assessment Division, Measurement Technology Group (E143-02), 
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711; telephone number: (919) 
541-2910; fax number: (919) 541-0516; email address: 
melton.lula@epa.gov.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Table of Contents

I. General Information
    A. Does this action apply to me?
    B. Where can I obtain a copy of this action?
    C. Judicial Review
II. Background
III. Summary of Amendments
    A. Appendix M of Part 51
    B. Method 201A of Appendix M of Part 51
    C. Method 202 of Appendix M of Part 51
    D. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 60
    E. Industrial-Commercial-Institutional Steam Generating Units 
(Subpart Db) Part 60
    F. Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators (Subpart Ec) 
Part 60
    G. Sulfuric Acid Plants (Subpart H) Part 60
    H. Sewage Treatment Plants (Subpart O) Part 60
    I. Kraft Pulp Mills (Subpart BB) Part 60
    J. Stationary Gas Turbines (Subpart GG) Part 60
    K. Lead-Acid Battery Manufacturing Plants (Subpart KK) Part 60
    L. Metallic Mineral Processing Plants (Subpart LL) Part 60
    M. Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing Manufacture (Subpart 
UU) Part 60
    N. Volatile Organic Chemical (VOC) Emissions From Synthetic 
Organic Compound Manufacturing Industry (SOCMI) Distillation 
Operations (Subpart NNN) Part 60
    O. Stationary Compression Ignition Internal Combustion Engines 
(Subpart IIII) Part 60
    P. Stationary Spark Ignition Internal Combustion Engines 
(Subpart JJJJ) Part 60
    Q. Method 1 of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
    R. Method 2 of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
    S. Method 2A of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
    T. Method 2B of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
    U. Method 2D of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
    V. Method 3A of Appendix A-2 of Part 60
    W. Method 3C of Appendix A-2 of Part 60
    X. Method 4 of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
    Y. Method 5 of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
    Z. Method 5A of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
    AA. Method 5E of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
    BB. Method 5H of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
    CC. Method 6 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
    DD. Method 6C of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
    EE. Method 7 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
    FF. Method 7A of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
    GG. Method 7E of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
    HH. Method 8 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
    II. Method 10 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
    JJ. Methods 10A and 10B of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
    KK. Method 11 of Appendix A-5 of Part 60
    LL. Method 12 of Appendix A-5 of Part 60
    MM. Method 14A of Appendix A-5 of Part 60
    NN. Method 16A of Appendix A-6 of Part 60
    OO. Method 16C of Appendix A-6 of Part 60
    PP. Method 18 of Appendix A-6 of Part 60
    QQ. Method 23 of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
    RR. Method 24 of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
    SS. Method 25 of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
    TT. Method 25C of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
    UU. Method 25D of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
    VV. Method 26 of Appendix A-8 of Part 60
    WW. Method 26A of Appendix A-8 of Part 60
    XX. Method 29 of Appendix A-8 of Part 60
    YY. Method 30B of Appendix A-8 of Part 60
    ZZ. Performance Specification 3 of Appendix B of Part 60
    AAA. Performance Specification 4 of Appendix B of Part 60
    BBB. Performance Specification 4B of Appendix B of Part 60
    CCC. Performance Specification 7 of Appendix B of Part 60
    DDD. Performance Specification 11 of Appendix B of Part 60
    EEE. Performance Specification 12B of Appendix B of Part 60
    FFF. Performance Specification 15 of Appendix B of Part 60
    GGG. Performance Specification 16 of Appendix B of Part 60
    HHH. Procedure 1 of Appendix F of Part 60
    III. Procedure 2 of Appendix F of Part 60
    JJJ. Procedure 5 of Appendix F of Part 60
    KKK. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 61
    LLL. Beryllium (Subpart C) Part 61
    MMM. Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing (Subpart D) Part 61
    NNN. Mercury (Subpart E) Part 61
    OOO. Inorganic Arsenic Emissions From Glass Manufacturing Plants 
(Subpart N) Part 61
    PPP. Method 101 of Appendix B of Part 61
    QQQ. Method 101A of Appendix B of Part 61
    RRR. Method 102 of Appendix B of Part 61
    SSS. Method 104 of Appendix B of Part 61
    TTT. Methods 108 and 108A of Appendix B of Part 61
    UUU. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 63
    VVV. Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry (Subpart 
G) Part 63
    WWW. Chromium Emissions From Hard and Decorative Chromium 
Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Tanks (Subpart N) Part 63
    XXX. Ethylene Oxide Emissions Standards for Sterilization 
Facilities (Subpart O) Part 63
    YYY. Marine Tank Vessel Loading Operations (Subpart Y) Part 63
    ZZZ. Aerospace Manufacturing and Rework Facilities (Subpart GG) 
Part 63
    AAAA. Pharmaceuticals Production (Subpart GGG) Part 63
    BBBB. Secondary Aluminum Production (Subpart RRR) Part 63
    CCCC. Manufacturing of Nutritional Yeast (Subpart CCCC) Part 63
    DDDD. Petroleum Refineries: Catalytic Cracking Units, Catalytic 
Reforming Units, and Sulfur Recovery Units (Subpart UUUU) Part 63

[[Page 11229]]

    EEEE. Stationary Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines 
(Subpart ZZZZ) Part 63
    FFFF. Method 306 of Appendix A of Part 63
    GGGG. Method 306A of Appendix A of Part 63
    HHHH. Methods 308, 315, and 316 of Appendix A of Part 63
    IIII. Method 321 of Appendix A of Part 63
IV. Public Comments on the Proposed Amendments
V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
    A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and 
Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review
    B. Paperwork Reduction Act
    C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
    D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
    E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
    F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With 
Indian Tribal Governments
    G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From 
Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
    H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That 
Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution or Use
    I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
    J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address 
Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income 
Populations
    K. Congressional Review Act

I. General Information

A. Does this action apply to me?

    The revisions promulgated in this final rule apply to testing at a 
number of source categories. If you have any questions regarding the 
applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person 
listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section.

B. Where can I obtain a copy of this action?

    In addition to being available in the docket, an electronic copy of 
this rule will also be available on the Worldwide Web (WWW) through the 
Technology Transfer Network (TTN). Following the Administrator's 
signature, a copy of the final rule will be placed on the TTN's policy 
and guidance page for newly proposed or promulgated rules at http://www.epa.gov/ttn/oarpg. The TTN provides information and technology 
exchange in various areas of air pollution control.

C. Judicial Review

    Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act (CAA), judicial review 
of this final rule is available by filing a petition for review in the 
U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit by April 28, 
2014. Under section 307(d)(7)(B) of the CAA, only an objection to this 
final rule that was raised with reasonable specificity during the 
period for public comment can be raised during judicial review. 
Moreover, under section 307(b)(2) of the CAA, the requirements 
established by this action may not be challenged separately in any 
civil or criminal proceedings brought by EPA to enforce these 
requirements.

II. Background

    The revisions to test methods and testing regulations were proposed 
in the Federal Register on January 9, 2012, with a public comment 
period that ended March 9, 2012. Thirty-eight comment letters were 
received from the public. Changes were made to this final rule based on 
the public comments.

III. Summary of Amendments

A. Appendix M of Part 51

    In the introduction of Appendix M of part 51, Methods 3A and 19 are 
added to the list of methods not requiring the use of audit samples.

B. Method 201A of Appendix M of Part 51

    Revisions are made to Method 201A as published on December 21, 
2010. Typographical errors in references to acetone blanks, isokinetic 
sampling rate, source gas temperatures, stack blockage dimensions by 
the sampling heads, and particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter 
less than or equal to 10 micrometers (PM10) in Sections 
7.2.1, 8.3.4(b), 8.3.4.1, 8.7.2.2, and 8.7.5.5(a), respectively, are 
corrected. An erroneous reference to Methods 4A and 5 in Section 10.1 
when using a standard pitot tube is corrected to refer to Methods 1 and 
2. Section 10.5, which addresses Class A volumetric glassware is 
deleted because it is not needed. For those filters that cannot be 
weighed to a constant weight in Section 11.2.1, instructions are added 
to flag and report the data as a minimum value. It is noted that the 
nozzle, front half, and in-stack filter samples need to be speciated 
into organic and inorganic fractions similar to the practice in Method 
17. The method now notes that neither Method 17 nor 201A require a 
separate analysis of the filter for inorganic and organic particulate 
matter. Clarity is added for using Method 17 for quantifying 
condensable particulate matter. An incorrect term in Equation 9 of 
Section 12.5 is corrected. In the nomenclature in Section 12.1, 
Vb, the volume of aliquot taken for ion chromatography (IC) 
analysis, is deleted.

C. Method 202 of Appendix M of Part 51

    Revisions are made to Method 202 as published on December 21, 2010. 
In Sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2, an error in the units of the acetone blank 
is corrected. In Section 8.5.3.1, the text erroneously referring to 
empty impingers is deleted. Section 11.2.1 is clarified concerning the 
use of Method 17 for quantifying condensable particulate matter. 
Figures 2 and 3 are revised to correctly show the first impinger with 
an extended stem instead of a shortened one to be consistent with the 
method text, and the condensed moisture and sample portion of the 
sampling train are labeled to make it easy to identify. Figures 4, 5, 
and 6 are republished because of the poor print quality in the December 
21, 2010, publication.

D. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 60

    In the General Provisions of part 60, Section 60.13(d)(1) is 
revised to remove the phrase ``automatically, intrinsic to the opacity 
monitor.'' Methods 3A and 19 are added to the list of methods not 
requiring the use of audit samples in Section 60.8(g). A new Section 
60.8(i) is added to allow the use of Method 205 of 40 CFR part 51, 
Appendix M, ``Verification of Gas Dilution Systems for Field Instrument 
Calibrations,'' as an alternative provision whenever multiple 
calibration gases are required under part 60. The agency notes, 
however, that the use of calibration gas dilution devices continues to 
be disallowed for part 75 applications (see 40 CFR 75.22(a)(5)(i)). 
Section 60.17 is revised to arrange the consensus standards that are 
incorporated by reference in alpha-numeric order.

E. Industrial-Commercial-Institutional Steam Generating Units (Subpart 
Db) Part 60

    In subpart Db, Method 320 is allowed as an alternative for 
determining nitrogen oxides (NOX) concentration in Section 
60.46b(f)(1)(ii), (h)(1) and (2), and sulfur dioxide (SO2) 
concentration in Section 60.47b(b)(2).

F. Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators (Subpart Ec) Part 60

    In subpart Ec, the definition of medical/infectious wastes in 
Section 60.51c is revised to correct the misspelling of ``cremation.''

G. Sulfuric Acid Plants (Subpart H) Part 60

    In subpart H, an equation for calculating the SO2 
emission rate in Section 60.84(d) is corrected.

[[Page 11230]]

H. Sewage Treatment Plants (Subpart O) Part 60

    In subpart O, a reference to Method 209F in Section 60.154(b)(5) is 
revised to reflect a newer available version of the method (i.e., 
2540G).

I. Kraft Pulp Mills (Subpart BB) Part 60

    In subpart BB, a typographical error is corrected in the equation 
for correcting the total reduced sulfur concentration to 10 percent 
oxygen.

J. Stationary Gas Turbines (Subpart GG) Part 60

    In subpart GG, the definitions of terms for the equation in Section 
60.335(b)(l) are revised to allow the reference combustor inlet 
absolute pressure to be measured in millimeters of mercury (mm Hg). The 
site barometric pressure is allowed as an alternative to the observed 
combustor inlet absolute pressure for calculating the mean 
NOX emission concentration.

K. Lead-Acid Battery Manufacturing Plants (Subpart KK) Part 60

    In subpart KK, Method 29 is allowed as an alternative to Method 12 
in Section 60.374(b)(1) and (c)(2) for determining the lead 
concentration and flow rate of the effluent gas. An error in the 
equation for calculating the lead emission concentration in 
60.374(b)(2) is corrected.

L. Metallic Mineral Processing Plants (Subpart LL) Part 60

    In subpart LL, an error in the value of the particulate matter 
standard in Section 60.382(a)(1) is corrected from 0.02 g/dscm to 0.05 
g/dscm. An alternative procedure, wherein a single visible emission 
observer can conduct visible emission observations for up to three 
fugitive, stack, or vent emission points within a 15-second interval, 
is allowed.

M. Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing Manufacture (Subpart UU) Part 
60

    In subpart UU, an error in the value of the particulate matter 
standard for saturated felt or smooth-surfaced roll roofing is 
corrected from 0.04 kg/Mg to 0.4 kg/Mg.

N. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Emissions from Synthetic Organic 
Chemical Manufacturing Industry (SOCMI) Distillation Operations 
(Subpart NNN) Part 60

    In subpart NNN, references to paragraphs in Section 60.660(c)(4) 
and Section 60.665(h)(2) and (3) are corrected.

O. Stationary Compression Ignition Internal Combustion Engines (Subpart 
IIII) Part 60

    In Subpart IIII, the requirement to use Method 1 or 1A for sampling 
point selection in testing gaseous emission from engines with smaller 
ducts is dropped, and single- or three-point sampling, depending on 
duct size, is added.

P. Stationary Spark Ignition Internal Combustion Engines (Subpart JJJJ) 
Part 60

    In Subpart JJJJ, the requirement to use Method 1 or 1A for sampling 
point selection in testing gaseous emissions from engines with smaller 
ducts is dropped, and single- or three-point sampling, depending on 
duct size, is added.

Q. Method 1 of Appendix A-1 of Part 60

    In Method 1, the distances from the sampling point to flow 
disturbances is clarified in Figure 1-1, and Figure 1-2 is corrected to 
show the proper demarcation between the requirement for 12 and 16 
sampling points.

R. Method 2 of Appendix A-1 of Part 60

    In Method 2, a pressure stability specification for the pitot tube 
leak-check is added. An erroneous reference to Figure 2-6B is corrected 
to reference Figure 2-7B. An error in a term in the denominator of 
Equation 2-7 is corrected. The velocity constant in English units used 
in Equation 2-7 is corrected by changing the units from m/sec to ft/
sec. The term for absolute temperature in Equations 2-7 and 2-8 is 
corrected to represent the average of the absolute temperatures; an 
inadvertently omitted term is added to Section 12.1 for the average 
absolute temperature; and calibrating a barometer against a NIST-
traceable barometer is allowed as an alternative to calibrating against 
a mercury barometer.

S. Method 2A of Appendix A-1 of Part 60

    In Method 2A, calibrating a barometer against a NIST-traceable 
barometer is allowed as an alternative to calibrating against a mercury 
barometer.

T. Method 2B of Appendix A-1 of Part 60

    In Method 2B, nomenclature errors are corrected and the assumed 
ambient carbon dioxide concentration used in the calculations is 
changed from 300 to 380 ppm to closer approximate current ambient 
levels.

U. Method 2D of Appendix A-1 of Part 60

    In Method 2D, calibrating a barometer against a NIST-traceable 
barometer is allowed as an alternative to calibrating against a mercury 
barometer.

V. Method 3A of Appendix A-2 of Part 60

    In Method 3A, a redundant sentence noting that pre-cleaned air may 
be used for the high-level calibration gas is deleted.

W. Method 3C of Appendix A-2 of Part 60

    In Method 3C, an equation for correcting the sample nitrogen 
concentration for tank dilution is added as a supplemental calculation 
option for Method 25C samples.

X. Method 4 of Appendix A-3 of Part 60

    In Method 4, the English value for the leak rate exceedance in 
Section 9.1 is corrected from 0.20 cfm to 0.020 cfm. Method 6A, Method 
320, and a calculation using F-factors are added as alternatives to 
Method 4 for the moisture determination.

Y. Method 5 of Appendix A-3 of Part 60

    In Method 5, it is clarified that the deionized water used in the 
analysis of material caught in the impingers must have <=0.001 percent 
residue; the factor K is corrected to read K' in Equation 5-13; 
calibrating a barometer against a NIST-traceable barometer is allowed 
as an alternative to calibrating against a mercury barometer; 
calibrating a temperature sensor against a thermometer equivalent to a 
mercury-in-glass thermometer is allowed as an alternative to 
calibrating against a mercury-in-glass thermometer; rechecking 
temperature sensors for the filter holder and metering system after 
each test is allowed in place of having sensors calibrated within 3 
[deg]F; the option to check the probe heater calibration after a test 
at a single point using a reference thermometer is added; the use of 
weather station barometric pressure corrected to testing point 
elevation is added as an option to having an on-site barometer; a 
single acetone blank per container is allowed in place of a blank from 
each wash bottle; Section 10.3.3 is clarified as a post-test metering 
system calibration check rather than a metering system calibration, and 
an alternative metering check procedure is added; the use of filter 
holder supports or frits made of Teflon is allowed without having to 
first obtain the Administrator's approval; and Reference 13 for post-
test calibration is added to the method.

[[Page 11231]]

Z. Method 5A of Appendix A-3 of Part 60

    In Method 5A, mercury-free thermometers are allowed as an 
alternative to mercury-in-glass thermometers.

AA. Method 5E of Appendix A-3 of Part 60

    In Method 5E, the requirement to use the Rosemount Model 2100A 
total organic content analyzer is replaced with the Tekmar-Dohrmann or 
equivalent analyzer. In Section 12.5, the equation for total 
particulate concentration is correctly labeled as Eq. 5E-5.

BB. Method 5H of Appendix A-3 of Part 60

    In Method 5H, Section 12.1 is revised to add missing terms 
Ci, Co, Qi, and Qo; and 
procedures for the determination of an alternative tracer gas flow rate 
are added.

CC. Method 6 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60

    In Method 6, calibrating a temperature sensor against a thermometer 
equivalent to a mercury-in-glass thermometer is allowed as an 
alternative to using a mercury-in-glass thermometer, and calibrating a 
barometer against a NIST-traceable barometer is allowed as an 
alternative to calibrating against a mercury barometer.

DD. Method 6C of Appendix A-4 of Part 60

    In Section 4.0 of Method 6C, an incorrect reference to Section 4.1 
of Method 6 is corrected to reference Section 4.0 of Method 7E. 
Provisions that were removed from the original method that addressed 
potential quenching effects in fluorescence analyzers are added to the 
method.

EE. Method 7 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60

    In Method 7, procedures are added to avoid biasing the results when 
sampling under conditions of high SO2 concentrations; 
calibrating a barometer against a NIST-traceable barometer is added as 
an alternative to calibrating against a mercury barometer; and 
calibrating a temperature sensor against a thermometer equivalent to a 
mercury-in-glass thermometer is an acceptable alternative to using a 
mercury-in-glass thermometer.

FF. Method 7A of Appendix A-4 of Part 60

    In Method 7A, new procedures are added to avoid biasing the results 
when sampling under conditions of high SO2 concentrations, 
and calibrating a temperature sensor against a thermometer equivalent 
to a mercury-in-glass thermometer is added as an acceptable alternative 
to using a mercury-in-glass thermometer.

GG. Method 7E of Appendix A-4 of Part 60

    In Method 7E, the instructions for choosing the high-level 
calibration gas are clarified. Instructions are added to minimize 
contact of the sample with any condensate to reduce the chance of 
sample loss, and an error in the traverse point locations used to 
determine stratification across large stacks is corrected. The basis of 
a stable response for measurements in the system response time 
determination is revised in Section 8.2.5 to conform with Section 
8.2.6. Alternative sampling bags made of materials other than Tedlar 
are allowed if the materials are applicable for retaining the compounds 
of interest.

HH. Method 8 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60

    In Method 8, an error in the definition of Vsoln is 
corrected. Figure 8-1 is clarified to identify which impingers collect 
sulfuric acid/sulfur trioxide and which collect SO2.

II. Method 10 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60

    Method 10 is revised to allow the use of sample tanks as an 
alternative to flexible bags for sample collection.

JJ. Methods 10A and 10B of Appendix A-4 of Part 60

    In Methods 10A and 10B, sampling bags made of materials other than 
Tedlar are allowed if the materials have the sample retaining qualities 
of Tedlar.

KK. Method 11 of Appendix A-5 of Part 60

    Method 11 is revised to address sample breakthrough at high 
concentrations by using an additional collection impinger. Calibrating 
a temperature sensor against a thermometer equivalent to a mercury-in-
glass thermometer is an acceptable alternative to using a mercury-in-
glass thermometer.

LL. Method 12 of Appendix A-5 of Part 60

    Method 12 is revised to allow for analysis by inductively coupled 
plasma-atomic emission spectrometry (ICP-AES) and cold vapor atomic 
fluorescence spectrometry (CVAFS) as alternatives to atomic absorption 
(AA) analysis.

MM. Method 14A of Appendix A-5 of Part 60

    In Section 10.1.1 of Method 14A, an incorrect reference to Figure 
5-6 is corrected to reference Figure 5-5.

NN. Method 16A of Appendix A-6 of Part 60

    In Method 16A, the applicability section notes that method results 
may be biased low if used at sources other than kraft pulp mills where 
stack oxygen levels may be lower.

OO. Method 16C of Appendix A-6 of Part 60

    In Method 16C, errors in the nomenclature and the equation for 
calculating the total reduced sulfur concentration are corrected.

PP. Method 18 of Appendix A-6 of Part 60

    In Method 18, sampling bags made of materials other than Tedlar are 
allowed if the materials are applicable for retaining the compounds of 
interest.

QQ. Method 23 of Appendix A-7 of Part 60

    In Method 23, the requirement in Section 2.2.7 that silica gel be 
stored in metal containers has been deleted. Section 4.2.7 is clarified 
to note that the used silica gel should be transferred to its original 
container or other suitable vessel if moisture is being determined or 
discarded if not needed. Mercury-free thermometers are allowed as 
alternatives to mercury-in-glass thermometers. Section 8.0, which was 
inadvertently removed in a previous rulemaking, has been added.

RR. Method 24 of Appendix A-7 of Part 60

    In Method 24, ASTM Method D2369 is cited without referencing 
specific sections to preclude confusion if the method sections are 
revised in the future.

SS. Method 25 of Appendix A-7 of Part 60

    In Method 25, more detailed information is given to describe the 
filters used for sample collection.

TT. Method 25C of Appendix A-7 of Part 60

    Method 25C is revised to allow sampling lines made of Teflon. 
Probes that have closed points and are driven below the surface in a 
single step and withdrawn a distance to create a gas gap are allowed as 
acceptable substitutes to pilot probes and the auger procedure.

[[Page 11232]]

UU. Method 25D of Appendix A-7 of Part 60

    In Method 25D, errors in cross-references within the method are 
corrected.

VV. Method 26 of Appendix A-8 of Part 60

    Method 26 is revised to allow the use of heated Teflon probes in 
place of glass-lined probes. Conflicting temperature requirements for 
the sampling system are clarified, and the note to keep the probe and 
filter temperature at least 20 [deg]C above the source temperature is 
removed. The location of the thermocouple that monitors the collected 
gas temperature is clarified as being as close to the filter holder as 
practicable instead of in the gas stream. Method 26A is allowed as an 
acceptable alternative when Method 26 is required.

WW. Method 26A of Appendix A-8 of Part 60

    Method 26A is revised to clearly state that the temperature of the 
probe and filter must be maintained between 120 and 134 [deg]C.

XX. Method 29 of Appendix A-8 of Part 60

    Method 29 is revised to allow sample analysis by CVAFS as an 
alternative to AA analysis.

YY. Method 30B of Appendix A-8 of Part 60

    In Method 30B, calibrating a barometer against a NIST-traceable 
barometer is allowed as an alternative to calibrating against a mercury 
barometer. Table 9-1 and the method text are revised to amend the 
quality assurance/quality control criteria for sorbent trap section 2 
breakthrough and sample analysis to address compliance testing and 
relative accuracy testing of mercury monitoring systems currently being 
conducted at much lower emission concentrations. The method is revised 
to include the most up-to-date citation for determining the method 
detection limit.

ZZ. Performance Specification 3 of Appendix B of Part 60

    In Performance Specification 3, a statement that was inadvertently 
removed that allows the relative accuracy to be within 20 percent of 
the reference method mean value is added to establish the original 
intent of the rule.

AAA. Performance Specification 4 of Appendix B of Part 60

    Performance Specification 4 is revised to remove the interference 
trap specified in Method 10 when evaluating non-dispersive infrared 
continuous emission monitoring systems against Method 10.

BBB. Performance Specification 4B of Appendix B of Part 60

    Performance Specification 4B is clarified to note that Equation 1 
in Section 7.1.1 for calculating calibration error only applies to the 
carbon monoxide monitor and not the oxygen monitor. It is noted for the 
oxygen monitor that the calibration error should be expressed as the 
oxygen concentration difference between the mean monitor and reference 
value at three levels.

CCC. Performance Specification 7 of Appendix B of Part 60

    Performance Specification 7 is revised to allow Methods 15 and 16 
as reference methods in addition to Method 11.

DDD. Performance Specification 11 of Appendix B of Part 60

    In Performance Specification 11, errors in the denominators of 
Equations 11-1 and 11-2 are corrected.

EEE. Performance Specification 12B of Appendix B of Part 60

    In Performance Specification 12B, allowance is made for using a 
single good trap when one is lost, broken or damaged. More flexibility 
is also allowed in meeting the stack flow-to-sample flow ratio.

FFF. Performance Specification 15 of Appendix B of Part 60

    In Performance Specification 15, the general references to 40 CFR 
part 60, Appendix B, for the relative accuracy analysis procedure are 
revised to specifically cite Performance Specification 2 of 40 CFR part 
60, Appendix B.

GGG. Performance Specification 16 of Appendix B of Part 60

    Performance Specification 16 is revised to clarify the retesting of 
a predictive emission monitoring system (PEMS) after a sensor is 
replaced. Relative accuracy testing at three load or production rate 
levels is allowed in cases where the key operating parameter is not 
readily alterable. Additional instruction is added for performing the 
relative accuracy audit (RAA). An error in the RAA acceptance criterion 
is corrected, and an alternative acceptance criterion for low 
concentration measurements is added. The yearly relative accuracy test 
audit clearly notes that the statistical tests in Section 8.3 are not 
required for this test. An incorrect reference to Equation 16-4 in 
Section 12.4 is corrected.

HHH. Procedure 1 of Appendix F of Part 60

    In Procedure 1, the relevant performance specification would be 
cited for the RAA calculation instead of using the current Equation 1-
1, which is not appropriate for all pollutants.

III. Procedure 2 of Appendix F of Part 60

    In Procedure 2, Equations 2-2 and 2-3 are revised to have the full-
scale value in the denominator, which is more appropriate than the up-
scale check value. The denominator of equation 2-4 is revised to 
include the volume of the reference device rather than the full-scale 
value.

JJJ. Procedure 5 of Appendix F of Part 60

    In Procedure 5, the second section listed as Section 6.2.6 is 
correctly numbered as Section 6.2.7.

KKK. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 61

    In the General Provisions of part 61, Methods 3A and 19 are added 
to the list of methods not requiring the use of audit samples in 
Section 61.13(e).

LLL. Beryllium (Subpart C) Part 61

    In the Beryllium National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air 
Pollutants (NESHAP), Method 29 of part 60 is added as an acceptable 
alternative to Method 104 in Section 61.33(a) for emissions testing.

MMM. Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing (Subpart D) Part 61

    In the beryllium rocket motor firing NESHAP, a conversion error in 
the emission standard in Section 61.42(a) is corrected.

NNN. Mercury (Subpart E) Part 61

    In the mercury NESHAP, Method 29 of part 60 is added as an 
acceptable alternative to Method 101A in Section 61.53(d)(2) for 
emissions testing.

OOO. Inorganic Arsenic Emissions From Glass Manufacturing Plants 
(Subpart N) Part 61

    In the glass manufacturing plants NESHAP, Method 29 in Appendix A 
of part 60 is added as an acceptable alternative to Method 108 in 
Section 61.164(d)(2)(i) for determining the arsenic emissions rate and 
in Section 61.164(e)(1)(i) and (e)(2) for determining

[[Page 11233]]

the arsenic concentration in a gas stream.

PPP. Method 101 of Appendix B of Part 61

    Method 101 is revised to allow analysis by ICP-AES or CVAFS as 
alternatives to AA analysis.

QQQ. Method 101A of Appendix B of Part 61

    Method 101A is revised to allow analysis by ICP-AES or CVAFS as 
alternatives to AA analysis.

RRR. Method 102 of Appendix B of Part 61

    In Method 102, mercury-free thermometers are allowed in place of 
mercury-in-glass thermometers.

SSS. Method 104 of Appendix B of Part 61

    Method 104 is revised to allow analysis by ICP-AES and CVAFS as 
alternatives to AA analysis. A new alternative procedures section is 
added to address ICP-AES.

TTT. Methods 108 and 108A of Appendix B of Part 61

    Methods 108 and 108A are revised to allow analysis by ICP-AES as an 
alternative to AA analysis. A new alternative procedures section is 
added to address ICP-AES.

UUU. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 63

    In the General Provisions of part 63, Methods 3A and 19 are added 
to the list of methods not requiring the use of audit samples in 
Section 63.7(c). In Section 63.8(f)(6)(iii), an incorrect reference to 
a section of Performance Specification 2 is corrected. Section 63.14 is 
revised to arrange the materials that are incorporated by reference in 
alpha-numeric order.

VVV. Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry (Subpart G) Part 
63

    Subpart G is revised to allow the use of Method 316 or Method 8260B 
in the SW-846 Compendium of Methods to determine hazardous air 
pollutant concentrations in wastewater streams in Section 
63.144(b)(5)(i).

WWW. Chromium Emissions From Hard and Decorative Chromium 
Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Tanks (Subpart N) Part 63

    South Coast Air Quality Management District Method 205.1 is added 
as a testing option for measuring total chromium.

XXX. Ethylene Oxide Emissions Standards for Sterilization Facilities 
(Subpart O) Part 63

    The ethylene oxide emissions standard for sterilization facilities 
is revised to allow California Air Resources Board (CARB) Method 431 as 
an alternative to the procedures in Section 63.365(b) for determining 
the efficiency at the sterilization chamber vent. An error in a 
reference to a section in Performance Specification 8 is also 
corrected.

YYY. Marine Tank Vessel Loading Operations (Subpart Y) Part 63

    The marine tank vessel loading operations emissions standard is 
revised to allow Method 25B as an alternative to Method 25A in Section 
63.565(d)(5) for determining the average VOC concentration upstream and 
downstream of recovery devices. Method 25B is allowed as an alternative 
to Methods 25 and 25A for determining the percent reduction in VOC in 
Section 63.565(d)(8), and the requirement that Method 25B be validated 
according to Method 301 in Section 63.565(d)(10) is added. Method 25B 
is also added as an alternative to Method 25A in determining the 
baseline outlet VOC concentration in Section 63.565(g).

ZZZ. Aerospace Manufacturing and Rework Facilities (Subpart GG) Part 63

    The aerospace manufacturing and rework facilities emissions 
standard is revised to remove an incorrect reference to the location of 
Method 319 in Section 63.750(o).

AAAA. Pharmaceuticals Production (Subpart GGG) Part 63

    The pharmaceuticals production emissions standard is revised to 
allow Method 320 as an alternative to Method 18 for demonstrating that 
a vent is not a process vent.

BBBB. Secondary Aluminum Production (Subpart RRR) Part 63

    The secondary aluminum production emissions standard is revised to 
allow Method 26 as an alternative to Method 26A in Section 
63.1511(c)(9) for determining hydrochloric acid (HCl) concentration.

CCCC. Manufacturing of Nutritional Yeast (Subpart CCCC) Part 63

    Table 2 in the manufacturing of nutritional yeast emissions 
standard is revised to delete the requirement to use Methods 1, 2, 3, 
and 4 when measuring VOC by Method 25A.

DDDD. Petroleum Refineries: Catalytic Cracking Units, Catalytic 
Reforming Units, and Sulfur Recovery Units (Subpart UUUU) Part 63

    Table 4 in the petroleum refineries emissions standard is revised 
to allow Method 320 as an alternative to Method 18 for determining 
control device efficiency for organic compounds.

EEEE. Stationary Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines (Subpart 
ZZZZ) Part 63

    Table 4 in the stationary reciprocating internal combustion engines 
emissions standard is revised to clarify that a heated probe is not 
necessary when using ASTM D6522 to measure oxygen or carbon dioxide 
concentrations. The requirement to use Method 1 or 1A for sampling site 
and sampling point selection in testing gaseous emissions from engines 
with smaller ducts is deleted, and single- or three-point sampling, 
depending on duct size, is added.

FFFF. Method 306 of Appendix A of Part 63

    Method 306 is revised to remove references to two figures that do 
not exist and to clarify the conditions under which ICP is appropriate 
for sample analysis. Alternative mercury-free thermometers are allowed 
as alternatives to mercury-in-glass thermometers.

GGGG. Method 306A of Appendix A of Part 63

    In Method 306A, information is added to clarify the conditions 
under which sample filtering is required.

HHHH. Methods 308, 315, and 316 of Appendix A of Part 63

    In Methods 308, 315, and 316, calibrating a temperature sensor 
against a thermometer equivalent to a mercury-in-glass thermometer is 
added as an alternative to mercury-in-glass thermometers. Alternative 
mercury-free thermometers are allowed as alternatives to mercury-in-
glass thermometers.

IIII. Method 321 of Appendix A of Part 63

    In Method 321, the term for dilution factor in the calculations is 
clarified.

IV. Public Comments on the Proposed Amendments

    Thirty-eight comment letters were received on the proposed rule. 
The public comments and the agency's responses are summarized in the 
Summary of Comments and Responses Document that has been added to the

[[Page 11234]]

docket that is accessible at the address given in the ADDRESSES section 
of this preamble.

V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews

A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive 
Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review

    This action is not a ``significant regulatory action'' under the 
terms of Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and is, 
therefore, not subject to review under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 
(76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011). It does not involve the expenditure of 
$100 million in a year and does not raise significant issues. This 
final rule amends current testing regulations by removing errors and 
obsolete provisions and adding approved alternative procedures.

B. Paperwork Reduction Act

    This action does not impose an information collection burden under 
the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. 
Burden is defined at 5 CFR 1320.3(b). This final rule does not add 
information collection requirements beyond those currently required 
under the applicable regulations. This final rule amends current 
testing regulations by removing errors and obsolete provisions and 
adding approved alternative procedures.

C. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) generally requires an agency 
to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis of any rule subject to 
notice and comment rulemaking requirements under the Administrative 
Procedure Act or any other statute unless the agency certifies that the 
rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial 
number of small entities. Small entities include small businesses, 
small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions.
    For purposes of assessing the impacts of this rule on small 
entities, small entity is defined as: (1) A small business as defined 
by the Small Business Administration's (SBA) regulations at 13 CFR 
121.201; (2) a small governmental jurisdiction that is a government of 
a city, county, town, school district or special district with a 
population of less than 50,000; and (3) a small organization that is 
any not-for-profit enterprise which is independently owned and operated 
and is not dominant in its field.
    After considering the economic impacts of this final rule on small 
entities, I certify that this action will not have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This final 
rule will not impose any requirements on small entities since it only 
corrects and updates current requirements and adds new testing options.

D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act

    This action contains no federal mandates under the provisions of 
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), 2 U.S.C. 
1531-1538, for state, local, or tribal governments or the private 
sector. This action imposes no enforceable duty on any state, local or 
tribal governments or the private sector. Therefore, this action is not 
subject to the requirements of sections 202 or 205 of the UMRA. This 
action is also not subject to the requirements of section 203 of UMRA 
because it contains no regulatory requirements that might significantly 
or uniquely affect small governments. The alternative procedure being 
added will give small entities more flexibility in choosing testing 
procedures in applicable situations.

E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism

    This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have 
substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between 
the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power 
and responsibilities among the various levels of government, as 
specified in Executive Order 13132. This final rule corrects and 
updates current testing requirements. Thus, Executive Order 13132 does 
not apply to this action.

F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian 
Tribal Governments

    This action does not have tribal implications, as specified in 
Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000). This final rule 
corrects and updates testing provisions that are already currently 
mandated. It does not add any new requirements and does not affect 
pollutant emissions or air quality. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does 
not apply to this action.

G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental 
Health Risks and Safety Risks

    The EPA interprets EO 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997) as 
applying only to those regulatory actions that concern health or safety 
risks, such that the analysis required under section 5-501 of the EO 
has the potential to influence the regulation. This action is not 
subject to EO 13045 because it does not establish an environmental 
standard intended to mitigate health or safety risks.

H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That 
Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use

    This rule is not subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355 (May 
22, 2001)), because it is not a significant regulatory action under 
Executive Order 12866.

I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act

    Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement 
Act of 1995 (``NTTAA''), Public Law 104-113, 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272 note) 
directs the EPA to use voluntary consensus standards in its regulatory 
activities unless to do so would be inconsistent with applicable law or 
otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical 
standards (e.g., materials specifications, test methods, sampling 
procedures, and business practices) that are developed or adopted by 
voluntary consensus standards bodies. The NTTAA directs the EPA to 
provide Congress, through OMB, explanations when the agency decides not 
to use available and applicable voluntary consensus standards. This 
action does not involve technical standards. Therefore, the EPA did not 
consider the use of any voluntary consensus standards.

J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental 
Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations

    Executive Order (EO) 12898 (59 FR 7629 (Feb. 16, 1994)) establishes 
federal executive policy on environmental justice. Its main provision 
directs federal agencies, to the greatest extent practicable and 
permitted by law, to make environmental justice part of their mission 
by identifying and addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high 
and adverse human health or environmental effects of their programs, 
policies, and activities on minority populations and low-income 
populations in the United States.
    The EPA has determined that this final rule will not have 
disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental 
effects on minority or low-income populations because it does not 
affect the level of protection provided to human health or the 
environment. This final rule does not relax the control measures on 
sources regulated by the rule and,

[[Page 11235]]

therefore, will not cause emissions increases from these sources.

K. Congressional Review Act

    The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801 et seq., as added by the 
Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, generally 
provides that before a rule may take effect, the agency promulgating 
the rule must submit a rule report, which includes a copy of the rule, 
to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the 
United States. The EPA will submit a report containing this rule and 
other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House of 
Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States prior 
to publication of the rule in the Federal Register. A major rule cannot 
take effect until 60 days after it is published in the Federal 
Register. This action is not a ``major rule'' as defined by 5 U.S.C. 
804(2). This rule will be effective on February 27, 2014.

List of Subjects

40 CFR Parts 51 and 61

    Air pollution control, Environmental protection, Performance 
specifications, and Test methods and procedures.

40 CFR Parts 60 and 63

    Air pollution control, Environmental protection, Incorporation by 
reference, Performance specifications, and Test methods and procedures.

    Dated: January 28, 2014.
Gina McCarthy,
Administrator.

    For the reasons set out in the preamble, Title 40, Chapter I of the 
Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:

PART 51--REQUIREMENTS FOR PREPARATION, ADOPTION, AND SUBMITTAL OF 
IMPLEMENTATION PLANS

0
1. The authority citation for part 51 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, et. seq.


0
2. Amend appendix M to part 51 as follows:
0
a. By revising section 4.0.a.
0
b. By amending Method 201A as follows:
0
i. By revising section 7.2.1.
0
ii. By revising paragraph 8.3.4(b).
0
iii. By revising section 8.3.4.1.
0
iv. By revising section 8.7.2.2.
0
v. By revising paragraph 8.7.5.5(a).
0
vi. By revising the introductory text of section 10.1.
0
vii. By removing section 10.5.
0
viii. By revising section 11.2.1.
0
ix. By removing the term ``Vb'' and its definition from section 12.1.
0
x. By revising Equations 8 and 9 in section 12.5.
0
c. By amending Method 202 as follows:
0
i. By revising sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2.
0
ii. By revising section 8.5.1.
0
iii. By revising section 8.5.3.1.
0
iv. By revising sections 11.2.1 and 11.2.2.
0
vi. By revising Figures 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 in section 18.0.

Appendix M to Part 51--Recommended Test Methods for State 
Implementation Plans

* * * * *
    4.0. * * *
    a. The source owner, operator, or representative of the tested 
facility shall obtain an audit sample, if commercially available, 
from an AASP for each test method used for regulatory compliance 
purposes. No audit samples are required for the following test 
methods: Methods 3A and 3C of appendix A-3 of part 60, Methods 6C, 
7E, 9, and 10 of appendix A-4 of part 60, Methods 18 and 19 of 
appendix A-6 of part 60, Methods 20, 22, and 25A of appendix A-7 of 
part 60, and Methods 303, 318, 320, and 321 of appendix A of part 63 
of this chapter. If multiple sources at a single facility are tested 
during a compliance test event, only one audit sample is required 
for each method used during a compliance test. The compliance 
authority responsible for the compliance test may waive the 
requirement to include an audit sample if they believe that an audit 
sample is not necessary. ``Commercially available'' means that two 
or more independent AASPs have blind audit samples available for 
purchase. If the source owner, operator, or representative cannot 
find an audit sample for a specific method, the owner, operator, or 
representative shall consult the EPA Web site at the following URL, 
http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm whether there is a source 
that can supply an audit sample for that method. If the EPA Web site 
does not list an available audit sample at least 60 days prior to 
the beginning of the compliance test, the source owner, operator, or 
representative shall not be required to include an audit sample as 
part of the quality assurance program for the compliance test. When 
ordering an audit sample, the source owner, operator, or 
representative shall give the sample provider an estimate for the 
concentration of each pollutant that is emitted by the source or the 
estimated concentration of each pollutant based on the permitted 
level and the name, address, and phone number of the compliance 
authority. The source owner, operator, or representative shall 
report the results for the audit sample along with a summary of the 
emission test results for the audited pollutant to the compliance 
authority and shall report the results of the audit sample to the 
AASP. The source owner, operator, or representative shall make both 
reports at the same time and in the same manner or shall report to 
the compliance authority first and report to the AASP. If the method 
being audited is a method that allows the samples to be analyzed in 
the field, and the tester plans to analyze the samples in the field, 
the tester may analyze the audit samples prior to collecting the 
emission samples provided a representative of the compliance 
authority is present at the testing site. The tester may request and 
the compliance authority may grant a waiver to the requirement that 
a representative of the compliance authority must be present at the 
testing site during the field analysis of an audit sample. The 
source owner, operator, or representative may report the results of 
the audit sample to the compliance authority and then report the 
results of the audit sample to the AASP prior to collecting any 
emission samples. The test protocol and final test report shall 
document whether an audit sample was ordered and utilized and the 
pass/fail results as applicable.
* * * * *

Method 201A--Determination of PM10 and PM2.5 
Emissions From Stationary Sources (Constant Sampling Rate Procedure)

* * * * *
    7.2.1 Acetone. Use acetone that is stored in a glass bottle. Do 
not use acetone from a metal container because it will likely 
produce a high residue in the laboratory and field reagent blanks. 
You must use acetone with blank values less than 1 part per million 
by weight residue. Analyze acetone blanks prior to field use to 
confirm low blank values. In no case shall a blank value of greater 
than 0.0001 percent (1 part per million by weight) of the weight of 
acetone used in sample recovery be subtracted from the sample weight 
(i.e., the maximum blank correction is 0.1 mg per 100 g of acetone 
used to recover samples).
* * * * *
    8.3.4 * * *
    (b) The appropriate nozzle to maintain the required gas sampling 
rate for the velocity pressure range and isokinetic range. If the 
isokinetic range cannot be met (e.g., batch processes, extreme 
process flow or temperature variation), void the sample or use 
methods subject to the approval of the Administrator to correct the 
data. The acceptable variation from isokinetic sampling is 80 to 120 
percent and no more than 100  21 percent (2 out of 12 or 
5 out of 24) sampling points outside of this criteria.
* * * * *
    8.3.4.1 Preliminary traverse. You must use an S-type pitot tube 
with a conventional thermocouple to conduct the traverse. Conduct 
the preliminary traverse as close as possible to the anticipated 
testing time on sources that are subject to hour-by-hour gas flow 
rate variations of approximately  20 percent and/or gas 
temperature variations of approximately  28 [deg]C 
( 50 [deg]F). (Note: You should be aware that these 
variations can cause errors in the cyclone cut diameters and the 
isokinetic sampling velocities.)
* * * * *
    8.7.2.2 Probe blockage factor. You must use Equation 26 to 
calculate an average probe blockage correction factor 
(bf) if the diameter

[[Page 11236]]

of your stack or duct is between 25.7 and 36.4 inches for the 
combined PM2.5/PM10 sampling head and pitot 
and between 18.8 and 26.5 inches for the PM2.5 cyclone 
and pitot. A probe blockage factor is calculated because of the flow 
blockage caused by the relatively large cross-sectional area of the 
cyclone sampling head, as discussed in Section 8.3.2.2 and 
illustrated in Figures 8 and 9 of Section 17. You must determine the 
cross-sectional area of the cyclone head you use and determine its 
stack blockage factor. (Note: Commercially-available sampling heads 
(including the PM10 cyclone, PM2.5 cyclone, 
pitot and filter holder) have a projected area of approximately 31.2 
square inches when oriented into the gas stream.) As the probe is 
moved from the outermost to the innermost point, the amount of 
blockage that actually occurs ranges from approximately 13 square 
inches to the full 31.2 square inches plus the blockage caused by 
the probe extension. The average cross-sectional area blocked is 22 
square inches.
* * * * *
    8.7.5.5 * * *
    (a) Container 1, Less than or equal to PM2.5 
micrometer filterable particulate. Use tweezers and/or clean 
disposable surgical gloves to remove the filter from the filter 
holder. Place the filter in the Petri dish that you labeled with the 
test identification and Container 1. Using a dry brush and/
or a sharp-edged blade, carefully transfer any PM and/or filter 
fibers that adhere to the filter holder gasket or filter support 
screen to the Petri dish. Seal the container. This container holds 
particles less than or equal to 2.5 micrometers that are caught on 
the in-stack filter. (Note: If the test is conducted for 
PM10 only, then Container 1 would be for less 
than or equal to PM10 micrometer filterable particulate.)
* * * * *
    10.1 Gas Flow Velocities. You must use an S-type pitot tube that 
meets the required EPA specifications (EPA Publication 600/4-77-
0217b) during these velocity measurements. (Note: If, as specified 
in Section 8.7.2.3, testing is performed in stacks less than 26.5 
inches in diameter, testers may use a standard pitot tube according 
to the requirements in Method 1 or 2 of appendix A-3 to part 60 of 
this chapter.) You must also complete the following:
* * * * *
    11.2.1 Container 1, Less than or Equal to 
PM2.5 Micrometer Filterable Particulate. Transfer the 
filter and any loose particulate from the sample container to a 
tared weighing dish or pan that is inert to solvent or mineral 
acids. Desiccate for 24 hours in a dessicator containing anhydrous 
calcium sulfate. Weigh to a constant weight and report the results 
to the nearest 0.1 mg. (See Section 3.0 for a definition of Constant 
weight.) If constant weight requirements cannot be met, the filter 
must be treated as described in Section 11.2.1 of Method 202 of 
appendix M to this part. Note: The nozzle and front half wash and 
filter collected at or below 30 [deg]C (85 [deg]F) may not be heated 
and must be maintained at or below 30 [deg]C (85 [deg]F).
* * * * *
    12.5 * * *
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.001
    
* * * * *

Method 202--Dry Impinger Method for Determining Condensable Particulate 
Emissions From Stationary Sources

* * * * *
    7.2.1 Acetone. Use acetone that is stored in a glass bottle. Do 
not use acetone from a metal container because it normally produces 
a high residual mass in the laboratory and field reagent blanks. You 
must use acetone that has a blank value less than 1.0 ppmw (0.1 mg/
100 g) residue.
    7.2.2 Hexane, American Chemical Society grade. You must use 
hexane that has a blank residual mass value less than 1.0 ppmw (0.1 
mg/100 g) residue.
* * * * *
    8.5.1 Impinger and CPM Filter Assembly.
    8.5.1.1 Monitor the moisture condensation in the knockout and 
backup impingers. If the accumulated water from moisture 
condensation overwhelms the knockout impinger, i.e., the water level 
is more than approximately one-half the capacity of the knockout 
impinger, or if water accumulates in the backup impinger sufficient 
to cover the impinger insert tip, then you may interrupt the 
sampling run, recover and weigh the moisture accumulated in the 
knockout and backup impinger, reassemble and leak check the sampling 
train, and resume the sampling run. You must purge the water 
collected during the test interruption as soon as practical 
following the procedures in Section 8.5.3.
    8.5.1.2 You must include the weight or volume of the moisture in 
your moisture calculation and you must combine the recovered water 
with the appropriate sample fraction for subsequent CPM analysis.
    8.5.1.3 Use the field data sheet for the filterable particulate 
method to record the CPM filter temperature readings at the 
beginning of each sample time increment and when sampling is halted. 
Maintain the CPM filter greater than 20 [deg]C (greater than 65 
[deg]F) but less than or equal to 30 [deg]C (less than or equal to 
85 [deg]F) during sample collection. (Note: Maintain the temperature 
of the CPM filter assembly as close to 30 [deg]C (85 [deg]F) as 
feasible.)
* * * * *
    8.5.3.1 If you choose to conduct a pressurized nitrogen purge at 
the completion of CPM sample collection, you may purge the entire 
CPM sample collection train from the condenser inlet to the CPM 
filter holder outlet or you may quantitatively transfer the water 
collected in the condenser and the water dropout impinger to the 
backup impinger and purge only the backup impinger and the CPM 
filter. You must measure the water in the knockout and backup 
impingers and record the volume or weight as part of the moisture 
collected during sampling as specified in Section 8.5.3.4.
    8.5.3.1.1 If you choose to conduct a purge of the entire CPM 
sampling train, you must replace the short stem impinger insert in 
the knock out impinger with a standard modified Greenburg Smith 
impinger insert.
    8.5.3.1.2 If you choose to combine the knockout and backup 
impinger catch prior to purge, you must purge the backup impinger 
and CPM filter holder.
    8.5.3.1.3 If the tip of the impinger insert does not extend 
below the water level (including the water transferred from the 
first impinger if this option was chosen), you must add a measured 
amount of degassed, deionized ultra-filtered water that contains 1 
ppmw (1 mg/L) residual mass or less until the impinger tip is at 
least 1 centimeter below the surface of the water. You must record 
the amount of water added to the water dropout impinger (Vp)(see 
Figure 4 of Section 18) to correct the moisture content of the 
effluent gas. (Note: Prior to use, water

[[Page 11237]]

must be degassed using a nitrogen purge bubbled through the water 
for at least 15 minutes to remove dissolved oxygen).
    8.5.3.1.4 To perform the nitrogen purge using positive pressure 
nitrogen flow, you must start with no flow of gas through the clean 
purge line and fittings. Connect the filter outlet to the input of 
the impinger train and disconnect the vacuum line from the exit of 
the silica moisture collection impinger (see Figure 3 of Section 
18). You may purge only the CPM train by disconnecting the moisture 
train components if you measure moisture in the field prior to the 
nitrogen purge. You must increase the nitrogen flow gradually to 
avoid over-pressurizing the impinger array. You must purge the CPM 
train at a minimum of 14 liters per minute for at least one hour. At 
the conclusion of the purge, turn off the nitrogen delivery system.
* * * * *
    11.2.1 Container 3, CPM Filter Sample. If the sample 
was collected by Method 17 or Method 201A with a stack temperature 
below 30 [deg]C (85 [deg]F), transfer the filter and any loose PM 
from the sample container to a tared glass weighing dish. (See 
Section 3.0 for a definition of constant weight.) Desiccate the 
sample for 24 hours in a desiccator containing anhydrous calcium 
sulfate. Weigh to a constant weight and report the results to the 
nearest 0.1 mg. [Note: In-stack filter samples collected at 30 
[deg]C (85 [deg]F) may include both filterable insoluble particulate 
and condensable particulate. The nozzle and front half wash and 
filter collected at or below 30 [deg]C (85 [deg]F) may not be heated 
and must be maintained at or below 30 [deg]C (85 [deg]F).]
    11.2.2 CPM Container 1, Aqueous Liquid Impinger 
Contents. Analyze the water soluble CPM in Container 1 as 
described in this section. Place the contents of Container 
1 into a separatory funnel. Add approximately 30 ml of 
hexane to the funnel, mix well, and pour off the upper organic 
phase. Repeat this procedure twice with 30 ml of hexane each time 
combining the organic phase from each extraction. Each time, leave a 
small amount of the organic/hexane phase in the separatory funnel, 
ensuring that no water is collected in the organic phase. This 
extraction should yield about 90 ml of organic extract. Combine the 
organic extract from Container 1 with the organic train 
rinse in Container 2.
* * * * *
    18.0 * * *
BILLING CODE 6560-N-P

[[Page 11238]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.002


[[Page 11239]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.003


[[Page 11240]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.004


[[Page 11241]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.005

BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
* * * * *

PART 60--STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES

0
3. The authority citation for part 60 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, et. seq.

Subpart A--[Amended]

0
4. Amend Sec.  60.8 by revising paragraph (g)(1) and adding new 
paragraphs (h) and (i) to read as follows:


Sec.  60.8  Performance tests.

* * * * *
    (g) * * *
    (1) The source owner, operator, or representative of the tested 
facility shall obtain an audit sample, if commercially available, from 
an AASP for each test method used for regulatory compliance purposes. 
No audit samples are required for the following test methods: Methods 
3A and 3C of appendix A-3 of part 60, Methods 6C, 7E, 9, and 10 of 
appendix A-4 of part 60, Methods 18 and 19 of appendix A-6 of part 60, 
Methods 20, 22, and 25A of appendix A-7 of part 60, Methods 30A and 30B 
of appendix A-8 of part 60, and Methods 303, 318, 320, and 321 of 
appendix A of part 63 of this chapter. If multiple sources at a single 
facility are tested during a compliance test event, only one audit 
sample is required for each method used during a compliance test. The 
compliance authority responsible for the compliance test may waive the 
requirement to include an audit sample if they believe that an audit 
sample is not necessary. ``Commercially available'' means that two or 
more independent AASPs have blind audit samples available for purchase. 
If the source owner, operator, or representative cannot find an audit 
sample for a specific method, the owner, operator, or representative 
shall consult the EPA Web site at the following URL, www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm whether there is a source that can supply an audit 
sample for that method. If the EPA Web site does not list an available 
audit sample at least 60 days prior to the beginning of the compliance 
test, the source owner, operator, or representative shall not be 
required to

[[Page 11242]]

include an audit sample as part of the quality assurance program for 
the compliance test. When ordering an audit sample, the source owner, 
operator, or representative shall give the sample provider an estimate 
for the concentration of each pollutant that is emitted by the source 
or the estimated concentration of each pollutant based on the permitted 
level and the name, address, and phone number of the compliance 
authority. The source owner, operator, or representative shall report 
the results for the audit sample along with a summary of the emission 
test results for the audited pollutant to the compliance authority and 
shall report the results of the audit sample to the AASP. The source 
owner, operator, or representative shall make both reports at the same 
time and in the same manner or shall report to the compliance authority 
first and then report to the AASP. If the method being audited is a 
method that allows the samples to be analyzed in the field and the 
tester plans to analyze the samples in the field, the tester may 
analyze the audit samples prior to collecting the emission samples 
provided a representative of the compliance authority is present at the 
testing site. The tester may request and the compliance authority may 
grant a waiver to the requirement that a representative of the 
compliance authority must be present at the testing site during the 
field analysis of an audit sample. The source owner, operator, or 
representative may report the results of the audit sample to the 
compliance authority and report the results of the audit sample to the 
AASP prior to collecting any emission samples. The test protocol and 
final test report shall document whether an audit sample was ordered 
and utilized and the pass/fail results as applicable.
* * * * *
    (h) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable subpart, each test 
location must be verified to be free of cyclonic flow and evaluated for 
the existence of emission gas stratification and the required number of 
sampling traverse points. If other procedures are not specified in the 
applicable subpart to the regulations, use the appropriate procedures 
in Method 1 to check for cyclonic flow and Method 7E to evaluate 
emission gas stratification and selection of sampling points.
    (i) Whenever the use of multiple calibration gases is required by a 
test method, performance specification, or quality assurance procedure 
in a part 60 standard or appendix, Method 205 of 40 CFR part 51, 
appendix M of this chapter, ``Verification of Gas Dilution Systems for 
Field Instrument Calibrations,'' may be used.

0
5. Amend Sec.  60.13 by revising paragraph (d)(1) to read as follows:


Sec.  60.13  Monitoring requirements.

* * * * *
    (d)(1) Owners and operators of a CEMS installed in accordance with 
the provisions of this part, must check the zero (or low level value 
between 0 and 20 percent of span value) and span (50 to 100 percent of 
span value) calibration drifts at least once each operating day in 
accordance with a written procedure. The zero and span must, at a 
minimum, be adjusted whenever either the 24-hour zero drift or the 24-
hour span drift exceeds two times the limit of the applicable 
performance specification in appendix B of this part. The system must 
allow the amount of the excess zero and span drift to be recorded and 
quantified whenever specified. Owners and operators of a COMS installed 
in accordance with the provisions of this part must check the zero and 
upscale (span) calibration drifts at least once daily. For a particular 
COMS, the acceptable range of zero and upscale calibration materials is 
defined in the applicable version of PS-1 in appendix B of this part. 
For a COMS, the optical surfaces, exposed to the effluent gases, must 
be cleaned before performing the zero and upscale drift adjustments, 
except for systems using automatic zero adjustments. The optical 
surfaces must be cleaned when the cumulative automatic zero 
compensation exceeds 4 percent opacity.
* * * * *

0
6. Revise Sec.  60.17 to read as follows:


Sec.  60.17  Incorporations by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in this section, the EPA must publish notice of change in the 
Federal Register and the material must be available to the public. All 
approved material is available for inspection at the Air and Radiation 
Docket and Information Center, U.S. EPA, 401 M St. SW., Washington, DC, 
telephone number 202-566, and is available from the sources listed 
below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and 
Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of 
this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030 or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
    (b) American Gas Association, available through ILI Infodisk, 610 
Winters Avenue, Paramus, New Jersey 07652:
    (1) American Gas Association Report No. 3: Orifice Metering for 
Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids, Part 1: General 
Equations and Uncertainty Guidelines (1990), IBR approved for Sec.  
60.107a(d).
    (2) American Gas Association Report No. 3: Orifice Metering for 
Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids, Part 2: Specification 
and Installation Requirements (2000), IBR approved for Sec.  
60.107a(d).
    (3) American Gas Association Report No. 11: Measurement of Natural 
Gas by Coriolis Meter (2003), IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (4) American Gas Association Transmission Measurement Committee 
Report No. 7: Measurement of Gas by Turbine Meters (Revised February 
2006), IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (c) American Hospital Association (AHA) Service, Inc., Post Office 
Box 92683, Chicago, Illinois 60675-2683. You may inspect a copy at the 
EPA's Air and Radiation Docket and Information Center (Docket A-91-61, 
Item IV-J-124), Room M-1500, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 
20460.
    (1) An Ounce of Prevention: Waste Reduction Strategies for Health 
Care Facilities. American Society for Health Care Environmental 
Services of the American Hospital Association. Chicago, Illinois. 1993. 
AHA Catalog No. 057007. ISBN 0-87258-673-5. IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.35e and 60.55c.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (d) American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L Street NW., 
Washington, DC 20005.
    (1) API Publication 2517, Evaporation Loss from External Floating 
Roof Tanks, Second Edition, February 1980, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.111(i), 60.111a(f), and 60.116b(e).
    (2) API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards, Chapter 22--
Testing Protocol, Section 2--Differential Pressure Flow Measurement 
Devices, First Edition, August 2005, IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (e) American Public Health Association, 1015 18th Street NW., 
Washington, DC 20036.
    (1) ``Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and 
Wastewater,'' 16th edition, 1985. Method 303F: ``Determination of 
Mercury by the Cold Vapor Technique.'' Incorporated by reference for 
appendix A-8 to part 60, Method 29, Sec. Sec.  9.2.3, 10.3, and 11.1.3.

[[Page 11243]]

    (2) 2540 G. Total, Fixed, and Volatile Solids in Solid and 
Semisolid Samples, in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and 
Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998, IBR approved for Sec.  60.154(b).
    (f) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Three Park 
Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990, Telephone (800) 843-2763, http://www.asme.org.
    (1) ASME Interim Supplement 19.5 on Instruments and Apparatus: 
Application, Part II of Fluid Meters, 6th Edition (1971), IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec.  60.58a(h), 60.58b(i), 60.1320(a), and 60.1810(a).
    (2) ASME MFC-3M-2004, Measurement of Fluid Flow in Pipes Using 
Orifice, Nozzle, and Venturi, IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (3) ASME/ANSI MFC-4M-1986 (Reaffirmed 2008), Measurement of Gas 
Flow by Turbine Meters, IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (4) ASME/ANSI MFC-5M-1985 (Reaffirmed 2006), Measurement of Liquid 
Flow in Closed Conduits Using Transit-Time Ultrasonic Flowmeters, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (5) ASME MFC-6M-1998 (Reaffirmed 2005), Measurement of Fluid Flow 
in Pipes Using Vortex Flowmeters, IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (6) ASME/ANSI MFC-7M-1987 (Reaffirmed 2006), Measurement of Gas 
Flow by Means of Critical Flow Venturi Nozzles, IBR approved for Sec.  
60.107a(d).
    (7) ASME/ANSI MFC-9M-1988 (Reaffirmed 2006), Measurement of Liquid 
Flow in Closed Conduits by Weighing Method, IBR approved for Sec.  
60.107a(d).
    (8) ASME MFC-11M-2006, Measurement of Fluid Flow by Means of 
Coriolis Mass Flowmeters, IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (9) ASME MFC-14M-2003, Measurement of Fluid Flow Using Small Bore 
Precision Orifice Meters, IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (10) ASME MFC-16-2007, Measurement of Liquid Flow in Closed 
Conduits with Electromagnetic Flowmeters, IBR approved for Sec.  
60.107a(d).
    (11) ASME MFC-18M-2001, Measurement of Fluid Flow Using Variable 
Area Meters, IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (12) ASME MFC-22-2007, Measurement of Liquid by Turbine Flowmeters, 
IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (13) ASME PTC 4.1-1964 (Reaffirmed 1991), Power Test Codes: Test 
Code for Steam Generating Units (with 1968 and 1969 Addenda), IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.46b, 60.58a(h), 60.58b(i), 60.1320(a), and 
60.1810(a).
    (14) ASME/ANSI PTC 19.10-1981, Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses [Part 
10, Instruments and Apparatus], (Issued August 31, 1981), IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec.  60.56c(b), 60.63(f), 60.106(e), 60.104a(d), (h), (i), 
and (j), 60.105a(d), (f), and (g), Sec.  60.106a(a), Sec.  60.107a(a), 
(c), and (d), tables 1 and 3 to subpart EEEE, tables 2 and 4 to subpart 
FFFF, table 2 to subpart JJJJ, Sec. Sec.  60.4415(a), 60.2145(s) and 
(t), 60.2710(s), (t), and (w), 60.2730(q), 60.4900(b), 60.5220(b), 
tables 1 and 2 to subpart LLLL, tables 2 and 3 to subpart MMMM, 
Sec. Sec.  60.5406(c) and 60.5413(b).
    (15) ASME QRO-1-1994, Standard for the Qualification and 
Certification of Resource Recovery Facility Operators, IBR approved for 
Sec. Sec.  60.54b(a) and (b), 60.56a, 60.1185(a) and (c), and 
60.1675(a) and (c).
    (g) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr 
Harbor Drive, Post Office Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959; 
also available through ProQuest, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 
48106.
    (1) ASTM A99-76, Standard Specification for Ferromanganese, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (2) ASTM A99-82 (Reapproved 1987), Standard Specification for 
Ferromanganese, IBR approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (3) ASTM A100-69, Standard Specification for Ferrosilicon, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (4) ASTM A100-74, Standard Specification for Ferrosilicon, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (5) ASTM A100-93, Standard Specification for Ferrosilicon, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (6) ASTM A101-73, Standard Specification for Ferrochromium, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (7) ASTM A101-93, Standard Specification for Ferrochromium, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (8) ASTM A482-76, Standard Specification for Ferrochromesilicon, 
IBR approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (9) ASTM A482-93, Standard Specification for Ferrochromesilicon, 
IBR approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (10) ASTM A483-64, Standard Specification for Silicomanganese, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (11) ASTM A483-74 (Reapproved 1988), Standard Specification for 
Silicomanganese, IBR approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (12) ASTM A495-76, Standard Specification for Calcium-Silicon and 
Calcium Manganese-Silicon, IBR approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (13) ASTM A495-94, Standard Specification for Calcium-Silicon and 
Calcium Manganese-Silicon, IBR approved for Sec.  60.261.
    (14) ASTM D86-78, Distillation of Petroleum Products, IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec.  60.562-2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 60.633(h).
    (15) ASTM D86-82, Distillation of Petroleum Products, IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec.  60.562-2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 60.633(h).
    (16) ASTM D86-90, Distillation of Petroleum Products, IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec.  60.562-2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 60.633(h).
    (17) ASTM D86-93, Distillation of Petroleum Products, IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec.  60.562-2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 60.633(h).
    (18) ASTM D86-95, Distillation of Petroleum Products, IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec.  60.562-2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 60.633(h).
    (19) ASTM D86-96, Distillation of Petroleum Products, (Approved 
April 10, 1996), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.562-2(d), 60.593(d), 
60.593a(d), 60.633(h), and 60.5401(f).
    (20) ASTM D129-64, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (General Bomb Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.106(j) 
and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3.
    (21) ASTM D129-78, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (General Bomb Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.106(j) 
and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3.
    (22) ASTM D129-95, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (General Bomb Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.106(j) 
and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3.
    (23) ASTM D129-00, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (General Bomb Method), IBR approved for Sec.  60.335(b).
    (24) ASTM D129-00 (Reapproved 2005), Standard Test Method for 
Sulfur in Petroleum Products (General Bomb Method), IBR approved for 
Sec.  60.4415(a).
    (25) ASTM D240-76, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of 
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter, IBR approved for 
Sec. Sec.  60.46(c), 60.296(b), and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, 
Section 12.5.2.2.3.
    (26) ASTM D240-92, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of 
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter, IBR approved for 
Sec. Sec.  60.46(c), 60.296(b), and appendix A-7: Method 19, Section 
12.5.2.2.3.
    (27) ASTM D240-02 (Reapproved 2007), Standard Test Method for Heat 
of Combustion of Liquid Hydrocarbon

[[Page 11244]]

Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter, (Approved May 1, 2007), IBR approved for 
Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (28) ASTM D270-65, Standard Method of Sampling Petroleum and 
Petroleum Products, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 
19, Section 12.5.2.2.1.
    (29) ASTM D270-75, Standard Method of Sampling Petroleum and 
Petroleum Products, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 
19, Section 12.5.2.2.1.
    (30) ASTM D323-82, Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum 
Products (Reid Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.111(l), 
60.111a(g), 60.111b, and 60.116b(f).
    (31) ASTM D323-94, Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum 
Products (Reid Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.111(l), 
60.111a(g), 60.111b, and 60.116b(f).
    (32) ASTM D388-77, Standard Specification for Classification of 
Coals by Rank, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da, 
60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251.
    (33) ASTM D388-90, Standard Specification for Classification of 
Coals by Rank, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da, 
60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251.
    (34) ASTM D388-91, Standard Specification for Classification of 
Coals by Rank, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da, 
60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251.
    (35) ASTM D388-95, Standard Specification for Classification of 
Coals by Rank, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da, 
60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251.
    (36) ASTM D388-98a, Standard Specification for Classification of 
Coals by Rank, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da, 
60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251.
    (37) ASTM D388-99 (Reapproved 2004) [egr],\1\ Standard 
Specification for Classification of Coals by Rank, IBR approved for 
Sec. Sec.  60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da, 60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251.
    (38) ASTM D396-78, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41b, 60.41c, 60.111(b), and 60.111a(b).
    (39) ASTM D396-89, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41b, 60.41c, 60.111(b), and 60.111a(b).
    (40) ASTM D396-90, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41b, 60.41c, 60.111(b), and 60.111a(b).
    (41) ASTM D396-92, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41b, 60.41c, 60.111(b), and 60.111a(b).
    (42) ASTM D396-98, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41b, 60.41c, 60.111(b), and 60.111a(b).
    (43) ASTM D975-78, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.111(b) and 60.111a(b).
    (44) ASTM D975-96, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.111(b) and 60.111a(b).
    (45) ASTM D975-98a, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, 
IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.111(b) and 60.111a(b).
    (46) ASTM D975-08a, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, 
IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41b and 60.41c.
    (47) ASTM D1072-80, Standard Test Method for Total Sulfur in Fuel 
Gases, IBR approved for Sec.  60.335(b).
    (48) ASTM D1072-90 (Reapproved 1994), Standard Test Method for 
Total Sulfur in Fuel Gases, IBR approved for Sec.  60.335(b).
    (49) ASTM D1072-90 (Reapproved 1999), Standard Test Method for 
Total Sulfur in Fuel Gases, IBR approved for Sec.  60.4415(a).
    (50) ASTM D1137-53, Standard Method for Analysis of Natural Gases 
and Related Types of Gaseous Mixtures by the Mass Spectrometer, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.45(f).
    (51) ASTM D1137-75, Standard Method for Analysis of Natural Gases 
and Related Types of Gaseous Mixtures by the Mass Spectrometer, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.45(f).
    (52) ASTM D1193-77, Standard Specification for Reagent Water, IBR 
approved for appendix A-3 to part 60: Method 5, Section 7.1.3; Method 
5E, Section 7.2.1; Method 5F, Section 7.2.1; appendix A-4 to part 60: 
Method 6, Section 7.1.1; Method 7, Section 7.1.1; Method 7C, Section 
7.1.1; Method 7D, Section 7.1.1; Method 10A, Section 7.1.1; appendix A-
5 to part 60: Method 11, Section 7.1.3; Method 12, Section 7.1.3; 
Method 13A, Section 7.1.2; appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 26, Section 
7.1.2; Method 26A, Section 7.1.2; and Method 29, Section 7.2.2.
    (53) ASTM D1193-91, Standard Specification for Reagent Water, IBR 
approved for appendix A-3 to part 60: Method 5, Section 7.1.3; Method 
5E, Section 7.2.1; Method 5F, Section 7.2.1; appendix A-4 to part 60: 
Method 6, Section 7.1.1; Method 7, Section 7.1.1; Method 7C, Section 
7.1.1; Method 7D, Section 7.1.1; Method 10A, Section 7.1.1; appendix A-
5 to part 60: Method 11, Section 7.1.3; Method 12, Section 7.1.3; 
Method 13A, Section 7.1.2; appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 26, Section 
7.1.2; Method 26A, Section 7.1.2; and Method 29, Section 7.2.2.
    (54) ASTM D1266-87, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (Lamp Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.106(j) and 
60.335(b).
    (55) ASTM D1266-91, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (Lamp Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.106(j) and 
60.335(b).
    (56) ASTM D1266-98, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (Lamp Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.106(j) and 
60.335(b).
    (57) ASTM D1266-98 (Reapproved 2003) [egr],\1\ Standard 
Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Products (Lamp Method), IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.4415(a).
    (58) ASTM D1475-60 (Reapproved 1980), Standard Test Method for 
Density of Paint, Varnish Lacquer, and Related Products, IBR approved 
for Sec.  60.435(d), appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.1; 
and Method 24A, Sections 6.5 and 7.1.
    (59) ASTM D1475-90, Standard Test Method for Density of Paint, 
Varnish Lacquer, and Related Products, IBR approved for Sec.  
60.435(d), appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.1; and Method 
24A, Sec. Sec.  6.5 and 7.1.
    (60) ASTM D1552-83, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (High-Temperature Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.106(j), 60.335(b), and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 
12.5.2.2.3.
    (61) ASTM D1552-95, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (High-Temperature Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.106(j), 60.335(b), and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 
12.5.2.2.3.
    (62) ASTM D1552-01, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (High-Temperature Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.106(j), 60.335(b), and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 
12.5.2.2.3.
    (63) ASTM D1552-03, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (High-Temperature Method), IBR approved for Sec.  60.4415(a).
    (64) ASTM D1826-77, Standard Test Method for Calorific Value of 
Gases in Natural Gas Range by Continuous Recording Calorimeter, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.45(f), 60.46(c), 60.296(b), and appendix A-7 
to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.3.2.4.
    (65) ASTM D1826-94, Standard Test Method for Calorific Value of 
Gases in Natural Gas Range by Continuous Recording Calorimeter, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.45(f), 60.46(c), 60.296(b), and appendix A-7 
to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.3.2.4.
    (66) ASTM D1826-94 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Test Method for

[[Page 11245]]

Calorific (Heating) Value of Gases in Natural Gas Range by Continuous 
Recording Calorimeter, (Approved May 10, 2003), IBR approved for Sec.  
60.107a(d).
    (67) ASTM D1835-87, Standard Specification for Liquefied Petroleum 
(LP) Gases, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41Da, 60.41b, and 60.41c.
    (68) ASTM D1835-91, Standard Specification for Liquefied Petroleum 
(LP) Gases, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41Da, 60.41b, and 60.41c.
    (69) ASTM D1835-97, Standard Specification for Liquefied Petroleum 
(LP) Gases, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41Da, 60.41b, and 60.41c.
    (70) ASTM D1835-03a, Standard Specification for Liquefied Petroleum 
(LP) Gases, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41Da, 60.41b, and 60.41c.
    (71) ASTM D1945-64, Standard Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by 
Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec.  60.45(f).
    (72) ASTM D1945-76, Standard Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by 
Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec.  60.45(f).
    (73) ASTM D1945-91, Standard Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by 
Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec.  60.45(f).
    (74) ASTM D1945-96, Standard Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by 
Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec.  60.45(f).
    (75) ASTM D1945-03 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Method for Analysis 
of Natural Gas by Gas Chromatography, (Approved January 1, 2010), IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.107a(d) and 60.5413(d).
    (76) ASTM D1946-77, Standard Method for Analysis of Reformed Gas by 
Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.18(f), 60.45(f), 
60.564(f), 60.614(e), 60.664(e), and 60.704(d).
    (77) ASTM D1946-90 (Reapproved 1994), Standard Method for Analysis 
of Reformed Gas by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.18(f), 60.45(f), 60.564(f), 60.614(e), 60.664(e), and 60.704(d).
    (78) ASTM D1946-90 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Method for Analysis 
of Reformed Gas by Gas Chromatography, (Approved June 1, 2006), IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (79) ASTM D2013-72, Standard Method of Preparing Coal Samples for 
Analysis, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 
12.5.2.1.3.
    (80) ASTM D2013-86, Standard Method of Preparing Coal Samples for 
Analysis, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 
12.5.2.1.3.
    (81) ASTM D2015-77 (Reapproved 1978), Standard Test Method for 
Gross Calorific Value of Solid Fuel by the Adiabatic Bomb Calorimeter, 
IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.45(f), 60.46(c), and appendix A-7 to 
part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (82) ASTM D2015-96, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value 
of Solid Fuel by the Adiabatic Bomb Calorimeter, IBR approved for 
Sec. Sec.  60.45(f), 60.46(c), and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, 
Section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (83) ASTM D2016-74, Standard Test Methods for Moisture Content of 
Wood, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 28, Section 
16.1.1.
    (84) ASTM D2016-83, Standard Test Methods for Moisture Content of 
Wood, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 28, Section 
16.1.1.
    (85) ASTM D2234-76, Standard Methods for Collection of a Gross 
Sample of Coal, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, 
Section 12.5.2.1.1.
    (86) ASTM D2234-96, Standard Methods for Collection of a Gross 
Sample of Coal, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, 
Section 12.5.2.1.1.
    (87) ASTM D2234-97b, Standard Methods for Collection of a Gross 
Sample of Coal, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, 
Section 12.5.2.1.1.
    (88) ASTM D2234-98, Standard Methods for Collection of a Gross 
Sample of Coal, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, 
Section 12.5.2.1.1.
    (89) ASTM D2369-81, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of 
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section 
6.2.
    (90) ASTM D2369-87, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of 
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section 
6.2.
    (91) ASTM D2369-90, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of 
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section 
6.2.
    (92) ASTM D2369-92, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of 
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section 
6.2.
    (93) ASTM D2369-93, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of 
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section 
6.2.
    (94) ASTM D2369-95, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of 
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section 
6.2.
    (95) ASTM D2382-76, Heat of Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb 
Calorimeter (High-Precision Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.18(f), 60.485(g), 60.485a(g), 60.564(f), 60.614(e), 60.664(e), and 
60.704(d).
    (96) ASTM D2382-88, Heat of Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb 
Calorimeter (High-Precision Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.18(f), 60.485(g), 60.485a(g), 60.564(f), 60.614(e), 60.664(e), and 
60.704(d).
    (97) ASTM D2504-67, Noncondensable Gases in C3 and Lighter 
Hydrocarbon Products by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.485(g) and 60.485a(g).
    (98) ASTM D2504-77, Noncondensable Gases in C3 and Lighter 
Hydrocarbon Products by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.485(g) and 60.485a(g).
    (99) ASTM D2504-88 (Reapproved 1993), Noncondensable Gases in C3 
and Lighter Hydrocarbon Products by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec.  60.485(g) and 60.485a(g).
    (100) ASTM D2584-68(Reapproved 1985), Standard Test Method for 
Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins, IBR approved for Sec.  
60.685(c).
    (101) ASTM D2584-94, Standard Test Method for Ignition Loss of 
Cured Reinforced Resins, IBR approved for Sec.  60.685(c).
    (102) ASTM D2597-94 (Reapproved 1999), Standard Test Method for 
Analysis of Demethanized Hydrocarbon Liquid Mixtures Containing 
Nitrogen and Carbon Dioxide by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for 
Sec.  60.335(b).
    (103) ASTM D2622-87, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products by Wavelength Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometry, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.106(j) and 60.335(b).
    (104) ASTM D2622-94, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products by Wavelength Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometry, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.106(j) and 60.335(b).
    (105) ASTM D2622-98, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products by Wavelength Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometry, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.106(j) and 60.335(b).
    (106) ASTM D2622-05, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products by Wavelength Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometry, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.4415(a).
    (107) ASTM D2879-83Test Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature 
Relationship and Initial Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by 
Isoteniscope, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.111b(f)(3), 60.116b(e), 
60.116b(f), 60.485(e), and 60.485a(e).
    (108) ASTM D2879-96, Test Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature 
Relationship and Initial Decomposition

[[Page 11246]]

Temperature of Liquids by Isoteniscope, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.111b(f)(3), 60.116b(e), 60.116b(f), 60.485(e), and 60.485a(e).
    (109) ASTM D2879-97, Test Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature 
Relationship and Initial Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by 
Isoteniscope, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.111b(f)(3), 60.116b(e), 
60.116b(f), 60.485(e), and 60.485a(e).
    (110) ASTM D2880-78, Standard Specification for Gas Turbine Fuel 
Oils, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.111(b), 60.111a(b), and 60.335(d).
    (111) ASTM D2880-96, Standard Specification for Gas Turbine Fuel 
Oils, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.111(b), 60.111a(b), and 60.335(d).
    (112) ASTM D2908-74, Standard Practice for Measuring Volatile 
Organic Matter in Water by Aqueous-Injection Gas Chromatography, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.564(j).
    (113) ASTM D2908-91, Standard Practice for Measuring Volatile 
Organic Matter in Water by Aqueous-Injection Gas Chromatography, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.564(j).
    (114) ASTM D2986-71, Standard Method for Evaluation of Air, Assay 
Media by the Monodisperse DOP (Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test, IBR 
approved for appendix A-3 to part 60: Method 5, Section 7.1.1; appendix 
A-5 to part 60: Method 12, Section 7.1.1; and Method 13A, Section 
7.1.1.2.
    (115) ASTM D2986-78, Standard Method for Evaluation of Air, Assay 
Media by the Monodisperse DOP (Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test, IBR 
approved for appendix A-3 to part 60: Method 5, Section 7.1.1; appendix 
A-5 to part 60: Method 12, Section 7.1.1; and Method 13A, Section 
7.1.1.2.
    (116) ASTM D2986-95a, Standard Method for Evaluation of Air, Assay 
Media by the Monodisperse DOP (Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test, IBR 
approved for appendix A-3 to part 60: Method 5, Section 7.1.1; appendix 
A-5 to part 60: Method 12, Section 7.1.1; and Method 13A, Section 
7.1.1.2.
    (117) ASTM D3173-73, Standard Test Method for Moisture in the 
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (118) ASTM D3173-87, Standard Test Method for Moisture in the 
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (119) ASTM D3176-74, Standard Method for Ultimate Analysis of Coal 
and Coke, IBR approved for Sec.  60.45(f)(5)(i) and appendix A-7 to 
part 60: Method 19, Section 12.3.2.3.
    (120) ASTM D3176-89, Standard Method for Ultimate Analysis of Coal 
and Coke, IBR approved for Sec.  60.45(f)(5)(i) and appendix A-7 to 
part 60: Method 19, Section 12.3.2.3.
    (121) ASTM D3177-75, Standard Test Method for Total Sulfur in the 
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (122) ASTM D3177-89, Standard Test Method for Total Sulfur in the 
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (123) ASTM D3178-73 (Reapproved 1979), Standard Test Methods for 
Carbon and Hydrogen in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.45(f).
    (124) ASTM D3178-89, Standard Test Methods for Carbon and Hydrogen 
in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved for Sec.  
60.45(f).
    (125) ASTM D3246-81, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Gas by Oxidative Microcoulometry, IBR approved for Sec.  60.335(b).
    (126) ASTM D3246-92, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Gas by Oxidative Microcoulometry, IBR approved for Sec.  60.335(b).
    (127) ASTM D3246-96, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Gas by Oxidative Microcoulometry, IBR approved for Sec.  60.335(b).
    (128) ASTM D3246-05, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Gas by Oxidative Microcoulometry, IBR approved for Sec.  60.4415(a)(1).
    (129) ASTM D3270-73T, Standard Test Methods for Analysis for 
Fluoride Content of the Atmosphere and Plant Tissues (Semiautomated 
Method), IBR approved for appendix A-5 to part 60: Method 13A, Section 
16.1.
    (130) ASTM D3270-80, Standard Test Methods for Analysis for 
Fluoride Content of the Atmosphere and Plant Tissues (Semiautomated 
Method), IBR approved for appendix A-5 to part 60: Method 13A, Section 
16.1.
    (131) ASTM D3270-91, Standard Test Methods for Analysis for 
Fluoride Content of the Atmosphere and Plant Tissues (Semiautomated 
Method), IBR approved for appendix A-5 to part 60: Method 13A, Section 
16.1.
    (132) ASTM D3270-95, Standard Test Methods for Analysis for 
Fluoride Content of the Atmosphere and Plant Tissues (Semiautomated 
Method), IBR approved for appendix A-5 to part 60: Method 13A, Section 
16.1.
    (133) ASTM D3286-85, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value 
of Coal and Coke by the Isoperibol Bomb Calorimeter, IBR approved for 
appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (134) ASTM D3286-96, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value 
of Coal and Coke by the Isoperibol Bomb Calorimeter, IBR approved for 
appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (135) ASTM D3370-76, Standard Practices for Sampling Water, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.564(j).
    (136) ASTM D3370-95a, Standard Practices for Sampling Water, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.564(j).
    (137) ASTM D3588-98 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Practice for 
Calculating Heat Value, Compressibility Factor, and Relative Density of 
Gaseous Fuels, (Approved May 10, 2003), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.107a(d) and 60.5413(d).
    (138) ASTM D3699-08, Standard Specification for Kerosine, including 
Appendix X1, (Approved September 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.41b and 60.41c.
    (139) ASTM D3792-79, Standard Test Method for Water Content of 
Water-Reducible Paints by Direct Injection into a Gas Chromatograph, 
IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.3.
    (140) ASTM D3792-91, Standard Test Method for Water Content of 
Water-Reducible Paints by Direct Injection into a Gas Chromatograph, 
IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.3.
    (141) ASTM D4017-81, Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and 
Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration Method, IBR approved for 
appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.4.
    (142) ASTM D4017-90, Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and 
Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration Method, IBR approved for 
appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.4.
    (143) ASTM D4017-96a, Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and 
Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration Method, IBR approved for 
appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.4.
    (144) ASTM D4057-81, Standard Practice for Manual Sampling of 
Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3.
    (145) ASTM D4057-95, Standard Practice for Manual Sampling of 
Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3.
    (146) ASTM D4057-95 (Reapproved 2000), Standard Practice for Manual 
Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR approved for Sec.  
60.4415(a).
    (147) ASTM D4084-82, Standard Test Method for Analysis of Hydrogen

[[Page 11247]]

Sulfide in Gaseous Fuels (Lead Acetate Reaction Rate Method), IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.334(h).
    (148) ASTM D4084-94, Standard Test Method for Analysis of Hydrogen 
Sulfide in Gaseous Fuels (Lead Acetate Reaction Rate Method), IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.334(h).
    (149) ASTM D4084-05, Standard Test Method for Analysis of Hydrogen 
Sulfide in Gaseous Fuels (Lead Acetate Reaction Rate Method), IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.4360 and 60.4415(a).
    (150) ASTM D4177-95, Standard Practice for Automatic Sampling of 
Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.1.
    (151) ASTM D4177-95 (Reapproved 2000), Standard Practice for 
Automatic Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR approved 
for Sec.  60.4415(a).
    (152) ASTM D4239-85, Standard Test Methods for Sulfur in the 
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke Using High Temperature Tube Furnace 
Combustion Methods, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 
19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (153) ASTM D4239-94, Standard Test Methods for Sulfur in the 
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke Using High Temperature Tube Furnace 
Combustion Methods, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 
19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (154) ASTM D4239-97, Standard Test Methods for Sulfur in the 
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke Using High Temperature Tube Furnace 
Combustion Methods, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 
19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (155) ASTM D4294-02, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
and Petroleum Products by Energy-Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence 
Spectrometry, IBR approved for Sec.  60.335(b).
    (156) ASTM D4294-03, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
and Petroleum Products by Energy-Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence 
Spectrometry, IBR approved for Sec.  60.4415(a).
    (157) ASTM D4442-84, Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture 
Content Measurement in Wood and Wood-base Materials, IBR approved for 
appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 28, Section 16.1.1.
    (158) ASTM D4442-92, Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture 
Content Measurement in Wood and Wood-base Materials, IBR approved for 
appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 28, Section 16.1.1.
    (159) ASTM D4444-92, Standard Test Methods for Use and Calibration 
of Hand-Held Moisture Meters, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: 
Method 28, Section 16.1.1.
    (160) ASTM D4457-85 (Reapproved 1991), Test Method for 
Determination of Dichloromethane and 1,1,1-Trichloroethane in Paints 
and Coatings by Direct Injection into a Gas Chromatograph, IBR approved 
for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.5.
    (161) ASTM D4468-85 (Reapproved 2000), Standard Test Method for 
Total Sulfur in Gaseous Fuels by Hydrogenolysis and Rateometric 
Colorimetry, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.335(b) and 60.4415(a).
    (162) ASTM D4468-85 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Test Method for 
Total Sulfur in Gaseous Fuels by Hydrogenolysis and Rateometric 
Colorimetry, (Approved June 1, 2006), IBR approved for Sec.  
60.107a(e).
    (163) ASTM D4629-02, Standard Test Method for Trace Nitrogen in 
Liquid Petroleum Hydrocarbons by Syringe/Inlet Oxidative Combustion and 
Chemiluminescence Detection, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.49b(e) and 
60.335(b).
    (164) ASTM D4809-95, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of 
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter (Precision Method), IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.18(f), 60.485(g), 60.485a(g), 60.564(f), 
60.614(d), 60.664(e), and 60.704(d).
    (165) ASTM D4809-06, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of 
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter (Precision Method), 
(Approved December 1, 2006), IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (166) ASTM D4810-88 (Reapproved 1999), Standard Test Method for 
Hydrogen Sulfide in Natural Gas Using Length of Stain Detector Tubes, 
IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.4360 and 60.4415(a).
    (167) ASTM D4891-89 (Reapproved 2006) Standard Test Method for 
Heating Value of Gases in Natural Gas Range by Stoichiometric 
Combustion, (Approved June 1, 2006), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.107a(d) and 60.5413(d).
    (168) ASTM D5287-97 (Reapproved 2002), Standard Practice for 
Automatic Sampling of Gaseous Fuels, IBR approved for Sec.  60.4415(a).
    (169) ASTM D5403-93, Standard Test Methods for Volatile Content of 
Radiation Curable Materials, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: 
Method 24, Section 6.6.
    (170) ASTM D5453-00, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Total Sulfur in Light Hydrocarbons, Motor Fuels and Oils by Ultraviolet 
Fluorescence, IBR approved for Sec.  60.335(b).
    (171) ASTM D5453-05, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Total Sulfur in Light Hydrocarbons, Motor Fuels and Oils by Ultraviolet 
Fluorescence, IBR approved for Sec.  60.4415(a).
    (172) ASTM D5504-01, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Sulfur Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous Fuels by Gas Chromatography 
and Chemiluminescence, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.334(h) and 
60.4360.
    (173) ASTM D5504-08, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Sulfur Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous Fuels by Gas Chromatography 
and Chemiluminescence, (Approved June 15, 2008), IBR approved for 
Sec. Sec.  60.107a(e) and 60.5413(d).
    (174) ASTM D5762-02, Standard Test Method for Nitrogen in Petroleum 
and Petroleum Products by Boat-Inlet Chemiluminescence, IBR approved 
for Sec.  60.335(b).
    (175) ASTM D5865-98, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value 
of Coal and Coke, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.45(f) and 60.46(c), 
and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (176) ASTM D5865-10, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value 
of Coal and Coke, (Approved January 1, 2010), IBR approved for 
Sec. Sec.  60.45(f), 60.46(c), and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, 
section 12.5.2.1.3.
    (177) ASTM D6216-98, Standard Practice for Opacity Monitor 
Manufacturers to Certify Conformance with Design and Performance 
Specifications, IBR approved for appendix B to part 60: Performance 
Specification 1.
    (178) ASTM D6228-98, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Sulfur Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous Fuels by Gas Chromatography 
and Flame Photometric Detection, IBR approved for Sec.  60.334(h).
    (179) ASTM D6228-98 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Test Method for 
Determination of Sulfur Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous Fuels by 
Gas Chromatography and Flame Photometric Detection, IBR approved for 
Sec. Sec.  60.4360 and 60.4415.
    (180) ASTM D6348-03, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Gaseous Compounds by Extractive Direct Interface Fourier Transform 
Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy, (Approved October 1, 2003), IBR approved 
for Sec.  60.73a(b), table 7 to subpart IIII, and table 2 to subpart 
JJJJ.
    (181) ASTM D6366-99, Standard Test Method for Total Trace Nitrogen 
and Its Derivatives in Liquid Aromatic Hydrocarbons by Oxidative 
Combustion and Electrochemical Detection, IBR approved for Sec.  
60.335(b)(9).

[[Page 11248]]

    (182) ASTM D6420-99 (Reapproved 2004), Standard Test Method for 
Determination of Gaseous Organic Compounds by Direct Interface Gas 
Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry, (Approved October 1, 2004), IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.107a(d) and table 2 to subpart JJJJ.
    (183) ASTM D6522-00, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Nitrogen Oxides, Carbon Monoxide, and Oxygen Concentrations in 
Emissions from Natural Gas-Fired Reciprocating Engines, Combustion 
Turbines, Boilers, and Process Heaters Using Portable Analyzers, IBR 
approved for Sec.  60.335(a).
    (184) ASTM D6522-00 (Reapproved 2005), Standard Test Method for 
Determination of Nitrogen Oxides, Carbon Monoxide, and Oxygen 
Concentrations in Emissions from Natural Gas-Fired Reciprocating 
Engines, Combustion Turbines, Boilers, and Process Heaters Using 
Portable Analyzers, (Approved October 1, 2005), IBR approved for table 
2 to subpart JJJJ, and Sec. Sec.  60.5413(b) and (d).
    (185) ASTM D6667-01, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Total Volatile Sulfur in Gaseous Hydrocarbons and Liquefied Petroleum 
Gases by Ultraviolet Fluorescence, IBR approved for Sec.  60.335(b).
    (186) ASTM D6667-04, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Total Volatile Sulfur in Gaseous Hydrocarbons and Liquefied Petroleum 
Gases by Ultraviolet Fluorescence, IBR approved for Sec.  60.4415(a).
    (187) ASTM D6751-11b, Standard Specification for Biodiesel Fuel 
Blend Stock (B100) for Middle Distillate Fuels, including Appendices X1 
through X3, (Approved July 15, 2011), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.41b and 60.41c.
    (188) ASTM D6784-02, Standard Test Method for Elemental, Oxidized, 
Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas Generated from Coal-Fired 
Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method), IBR approved for Sec.  
60.56c(b) and appendix B to part 60: Performance Specification 12A, 
Section 8.6.2.
    (189) ASTM D6784-02 (Reapproved 2008) Standard Test Method for 
Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas 
Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method), 
(Approved April 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.2165(j) and 
60.2730(j), tables 1, 5, 6 and 8 to subpart CCCC, and tables 2, 6, 7, 
and 9 to subpart DDDD, Sec. Sec.  60.4900(b), 60.5220(b), tables 1 and 
2 to subpart LLLL, and tables 2 and 3 to subpart MMMM.
    (190) ASTM D7467-10, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oil, 
Biodiesel Blend (B6 to B20), including Appendices X1 through X3, 
(Approved August 1, 2010), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.41b and 
60.41c.
    (191) ASTM E168-67, General Techniques of Infrared Quantitative 
Analysis, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 
60.593a(b), and 60.632(f).
    (192) ASTM E168-77, General Techniques of Infrared Quantitative 
Analysis, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 
60.593a(b), and 60.632(f).
    (193) ASTM E168-92, General Techniques of Infrared Quantitative 
Analysis, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.485a(d)(1), 60.593(b)(2), 
60.593a(b)(2), 60.632(f), and 60.5400.
    (194) ASTM E169-63, General Techniques of Ultraviolet Quantitative 
Analysis, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 
60.593a(b), and 60.632(f) .
    (195) ASTM E169-77, General Techniques of Ultraviolet Quantitative 
Analysis, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.485a(d), 60.593(b), and 
60.593a(b), 60.632(f).
    (196) ASTM E169-93, General Techniques of Ultraviolet Quantitative 
Analysis, (Approved May 15, 1993), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 60.593a(b), 60.632(f), and 60.5400(f).
    (197) ASTM E260-73, General Gas Chromatography Procedures, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 60.593a(b), and 
60.632(f).
    (198) ASTM E260-91, General Gas Chromatography Procedures, (IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 60.593a(b), and 
60.632(f).
    (199) ASTM E260-96, General Gas Chromatography Procedures, 
(Approved April 10, 1996), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.485a(d), 
60.593(b), 60.593a(b), 60.632(f), 60.5400(f), and 60.5406(b).
    (200) ASTM E1584-11, Standard Test Method for Assay of Nitric Acid, 
(Approved August 1, 2011), IBR approved for Sec.  60.73a(c).
    (201) ASTM UOP539-97, Refinery Gas Analysis by Gas Chromatography, 
(Copyright 1997), IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (h) Association of Official Analytical Chemists, 1111 North 19th 
Street, Suite 210, Arlington, VA 22209.
    (1) AOAC Method 9, Official Methods of Analysis of the Association 
of Official Analytical Chemists (AOAC), 11th edition, 1970, pp. 11-12, 
IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.204(b), 60.214(b), 60.224(b), and 
60.234(b).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (i) U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue 
NW., Washington, DC 20460, (202) 272-0167, http://www.epa.gov.
    (1) EPA-454/R-98-015, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards 
(OAQPS) Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance, September 1997, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  60.2145(r), 60.2710(r), 60.4905(b), and 
60.5225(b).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (j) The Gas Processors Association, 6526 East 60th Street, Tulsa, 
OK 74145; also available through Information Handling Services, 15 
Inverness Way East, PO Box 1154, Englewood, CO 80150-1154. You may 
inspect a copy at the EPA's Air and Radiation Docket and Information 
Center, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460.
    (1) Gas Processors Association Standard 2172-09, Calculation of 
Gross Heating Value, Relative Density, Compressibility and Theoretical 
Hydrocarbon Liquid Content for Natural Gas Mixtures for Custody 
Transfer (2009), IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (2) Gas Processors Association Standard 2261-00, Analysis for 
Natural Gas and Similar Gaseous Mixtures by Gas Chromatography (2000), 
IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (3) Gas Processors Association Standard 2377-86, Test for Hydrogen 
Sulfide and Carbon Dioxide in Natural Gas Using Length of Stain Tubes, 
1986 Revision, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.105(b), 60.107a(b), 
60.334(h), 60.4360, and 60.4415(a).
    (k) International Organization for Standardization (ISO) available 
through IHS Inc., 15 Inverness Way East, Englewood, CO 80112.
    (1) ISO 8178-4: 1996(E), Reciprocating Internal Combustion 
Engines--Exhaust Emission Measurement--part 4: Test Cycles for 
Different Engine Applications, IBR approved for Sec.  60.4241(b).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (l) International Organization for Standardization (ISO), 1, ch. de 
la Voie-Creuse, Case postale 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland, +41 22 
749 01 11, http://www.iso.org/iso/home.htm.
    (1) ISO 8316: Measurement of Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits--Method 
by Collection of the Liquid in a Volumetric Tank (1987-10-01)--First 
Edition, IBR approved for Sec.  60.107a(d).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (m) This material is available for purchase from the National 
Technical Information Services (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, 
Springfield, Virginia 22161. You may inspect a copy at the EPA's Air 
and Radiation Docket and Information Center (Docket A-91-61, Item IV-J-
125), Room M-1500, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460.
    (1) OMB Bulletin No. 93-17: Revised Statistical Definitions for 
Metropolitan Areas. Office of Management and

[[Page 11249]]

Budget, June 30, 1993. NTIS No. PB 93-192-664. IBR approved for Sec.  
60.31e.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (n) North American Electric Reliability Corporation, 1325 G Street 
NW., Suite 600, Washington, DC 20005-3801, http://www.nerc.com.
    (1) North American Electric Reliability Corporation Reliability 
Standard EOP-002-3, Capacity and Energy Emergencies, updated November 
19, 2012, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  60.4211(f) and 60.4243(d). Also 
available online: http://www.nerc.com/files/EOP-002-3_1.pdf.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (o) Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry (TAPPI), 
Dunwoody Park, Atlanta, GA 30341.
    (1) TAPPI Method T624 os-68, IBR approved for Sec.  60.285(d).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (p) Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL), 333 Pfingsten Road, 
Northbrook, IL 60062.
    (1) UL 103, Sixth Edition revised as of September 3, 1986, Standard 
for Chimneys, Factory-built, Residential Type and Building Heating 
Appliance, IBR approved for Appendix A-8 to part 60.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (q) Water Pollution Control Federation (WPCF), 2626 Pennsylvania 
Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20037.
    (1) Method 209A, Total Residue Dried at 103-105 [deg]C, in Standard 
Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 15th Edition, 
1980, IBR approved for Sec.  60.683(b).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (r) West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau, 6980 SW. Barnes Road, 
Portland, OR 97223.
    (1) West Coast Lumber Standard Grading Rules No. 16, pages 5-21, 90 
and 91, September 3, 1970, revised 1984, IBR approved for Appendix A-8 
to part 60.
    (2) [Reserved]

Subpart Db--[Amended]

0
7. Amend Sec.  60.46b by revising paragraphs (f)(1)(ii) and (h)(1) and 
(h)(2) to read as follows:


Sec.  60.46b  Compliance and performance test methods and procedures 
for particulate matter and nitrogen oxides.

* * * * *
    (f) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (ii) Method 7E of appendix A of this part or Method 320 of appendix 
A of part 63 shall be used to determine the NOX 
concentrations. Method 3A or 3B of appendix A of this part shall be 
used to determine O2 concentration.
* * * * *
    (h) * * *
    (1) Conduct an initial performance test as required under Sec.  
60.8 over a minimum of 24 consecutive steam generating unit operating 
hours at maximum heat input capacity to demonstrate compliance with the 
NOX emission standards under Sec.  60.44b using Method 7, 
7A, or 7E of appendix A of this part, Method 320 of appendix A of part 
63 of this chapter, or other approved reference methods; and
    (2) Conduct subsequent performance tests once per calendar year or 
every 400 hours of operation (whichever comes first) to demonstrate 
compliance with the NOX emission standards under Sec.  
60.44b over a minimum of 3 consecutive steam generating unit operating 
hours at maximum heat input capacity using Method 7, 7A, or 7E of 
appendix A of this part, Method 320 of appendix A of part 63, or other 
approved reference methods.
* * * * *

0
8. Amend Sec.  60.47b by revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as follows:


Sec.  60.47b  Emission monitoring for sulfur dioxide.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (2) Measuring SO2 according to Method 6B of appendix A 
of this part at the inlet or outlet to the SO2 control 
system. An initial stratification test is required to verify the 
adequacy of the sampling location for Method 6B of appendix A of this 
part. The stratification test shall consist of three paired runs of a 
suitable SO2 and CO2 measurement train operated 
at the candidate location and a second similar train operated according 
to the procedures in Section 3.2 and the applicable procedures in 
Section 7 of Performance Specification 2. Method 6B of appendix A of 
this part, Method 6A of appendix A of this part, or a combination of 
Methods 6 and 3 or 3B of appendix A of this part or Methods 6C or 
Method 320 of appendix A of part 63 of this chapter and 3A of appendix 
A of this part are suitable measurement techniques. If Method 6B of 
appendix A of this part is used for the second train, sampling time and 
timer operation may be adjusted for the stratification test as long as 
an adequate sample volume is collected; however, both sampling trains 
are to be operated similarly. For the location to be adequate for 
Method 6B of appendix A of this part, 24-hour tests, the mean of the 
absolute difference between the three paired runs must be less than 10 
percent.
* * * * *

Subpart Ec--[Amended]

0
9. Amend Sec.  60.51c by revising the definition of ``Medical/
infectious waste'' to read as follows:


Sec.  60.51c  Definitions.

* * * * *
    Medical/infectious waste means any waste generated in the 
diagnosis, treatment, or immunization of human beings or animals, in 
research pertaining thereto, or in the production or testing of 
biologicals that are listed in paragraphs (1) through (7) of this 
definition. The definition of medical/infectious waste does not include 
hazardous waste identified or listed under the regulations in part 261 
of this chapter; household waste, as defined in Sec.  261.4(b)(1) of 
this chapter; ash from incineration of medical/infectious waste, once 
the incineration process has been completed; human corpses, remains, 
and anatomical parts that are intended for interment or cremation; and 
domestic sewage materials identified in Sec.  261.4(a)(1) of this 
chapter.
    (1) Cultures and stocks of infectious agents and associated 
biologicals, including: Cultures from medical and pathological 
laboratories; cultures and stocks of infectious agents from research 
and industrial laboratories; wastes from the production of biologicals; 
discarded live and attenuated vaccines; and culture dishes and devices 
used to transfer, inoculate, and mix cultures.
    (2) Human pathological waste, including tissues, organs, and body 
parts and body fluids that are removed during surgery or autopsy, or 
other medical procedures, and specimens of body fluids and their 
containers.
    (3) Human blood and blood products including:
    (i) Liquid waste human blood;
    (ii) Products of blood;
    (iii) Items saturated and/or dripping with human blood; or
    (iv) Items that were saturated and/or dripping with human blood 
that are now caked with dried human blood; including serum, plasma, and 
other blood components, and their containers, which were used or 
intended for use in either patient care, testing and laboratory 
analysis or the development of pharmaceuticals. Intravenous bags are 
also included in this category.
    (4) Sharps that have been used in animal or human patient care or 
treatment or in medical, research, or industrial laboratories, 
including hypodermic needles, syringes (with or without the attached 
needle), pasteur pipettes, scalpel blades, blood vials, needles with 
attached tubing, and

[[Page 11250]]

culture dishes (regardless of presence of infectious agents). Also 
included are other types of broken or unbroken glassware that were in 
contact with infectious agents, such as used slides and cover slips.
    (5) Animal waste including contaminated animal carcasses, body 
parts, and bedding of animals that were known to have been exposed to 
infectious agents during research (including research in veterinary 
hospitals), production of biologicals or testing of pharmaceuticals.
    (6) Isolation wastes including biological waste and discarded 
materials contaminated with blood, excretions, exudates, or secretions 
from humans who are isolated to protect others from certain highly 
communicable diseases, or isolated animals known to be infected with 
highly communicable diseases.
    (7) Unused sharps including the following unused, discarded sharps: 
hypodermic needles, suture needles, syringes, and scalpel blades.
* * * * *

Subpart H--[Amended]

0
10. Amend Sec.  60.84 by revising the equation in paragraph (d) to read 
as follows:


Sec.  60.84  Emission monitoring.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
Es = (Cs S)/[0.265 - (0.0126 %O2) - (A 
%CO2)]
* * * * *

Subpart O--[Amended]

0
11. Amend Sec.  60.154 by revising the introductory text to paragraph 
(b)(5) to read as follows:


Sec.  60.154  Test methods and procedures.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (5) Samples of the sludge charged to the incinerator shall be 
collected in nonporous jars at the beginning of each run and at 
approximately 1-hour intervals thereafter until the test ends; and 
``2540 G. Total, Fixed, and Volatile Solids in Solid and Semisolid 
Samples, in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and 
Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998'' (incorporated by reference--see Sec.  
60.17) shall be used to determine dry sludge content of each sample 
(total solids residue), except that:
* * * * *

Subpart BB--[Amended]

0
12. Amend Sec.  60.284 by revising the equation in paragraph (c)(3) to 
read as follows:


Sec.  60.284  Monitoring of emissions and operations.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (3) * * *
    Ccorr = C meas x (21- X)/(21- Y)
    * * *
* * * * *

Subpart GG--[Amended]

0
13. Amend Sec.  60.335 by revising the terms Pr and 
Po for the equation in paragraph (b)(1) to read as follows:


Sec.  60.335  Test methods and procedures.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (1) * * *
    Pr = reference combustor inlet absolute pressure at 
101.3 kilopascals ambient pressure. Alternatively, you may use 760 mm 
Hg (29.92 in Hg),
    Po = observed combustor inlet absolute pressure at test, 
mm Hg. Alternatively, you may use the barometric pressure for the date 
of the test,
* * * * *

Subpart KK--[Amended]

0
14. Amend Sec.  60.374 by revising paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and 
(c)(2) to read as follows:


Sec.  60.374  Test methods and procedures.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (1) Method 12 or Method 29 shall be used to determine the lead 
concentration (CPb) and, if applicable, the volumetric flow 
rate (Qsda) of the effluent gas. The sampling time and 
sample volume for each run shall be at least 60 minutes and 0.85 dscm 
(30 dscf).
    (2) When different operations in a three-process operation facility 
are ducted to separate control devices, the lead emission concentration 
(C) from the facility shall be determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.006

Where:

C = concentration of lead emissions for the entire facility, mg/dscm 
(gr/dscf).
Ca = concentration of lead emissions from facility ``a'', 
mg/dscm (gr/dscf).
Qsda = volumetric flow rate of effluent gas from facility 
``a'', dscm/hr (dscf/hr).
N = total number of control devices to which separate operations in 
the facility are ducted.
* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (2) Method 12 or Method 29 shall be used to determine the lead 
concentration (CPb) and the volumetric flow rate 
(Qsd) of the effluent gas. The sampling time and sample 
volume for each run shall be at least 60 minutes and 0.85 dscm (30 
dscf).
* * * * *

Subpart LL--[Amended]

0
15. Amend Sec.  60.382 by revising paragraph (a)(1) to read as follows:


Sec.  60.382  Standard for particulate matter.

    (a) * * *
    (1) Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.05 grams per dry 
standard cubic meter (0.05 g/dscm).
* * * * *

0
16. Amend Sec.  60.386 by revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as follows:


Sec.  60.386  Test methods and procedures.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (2) Method 9 and the procedures in Sec.  60.11 shall be used to 
determine opacity from stack emissions and process fugitive emissions. 
The observer shall read opacity only when emissions are clearly 
identified as emanating solely from the affected facility being 
observed. A single visible emission observer may conduct visible 
emission observations for up to three fugitive, stack, or vent emission 
points within a 15-second interval. This option is subject to the 
following limitations:
    (i) No more than three emission points are read concurrently;
    (ii) All three emission points must be within a 70[deg] viewing 
sector or angle in front of the observer such that the proper sun 
position can be maintained for all three points; and
    (iii) If an opacity reading for any one of the three emission 
points is within 5 percent opacity of the application standard, then 
the observer must stop taking readings for the other two points and 
continue reading just that single point.
* * * * *

Subpart UU--[Amended]

0
17. Amend Sec.  60.472 by revising paragraph (a)(1)(ii) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  60.472  Standards for particulate matter.

    (a) * * *
    (1) * * *

[[Page 11251]]

    (ii) 0.4 kg/Mg (0.8 lb/ton) of saturated felt or smooth-surfaced 
roll roofing produced;
* * * * *

Subpart NNN--[Amended]

0
18. Amend Sec.  60.660 by revising paragraph (c)(4) to read as follows:


Sec.  60.660  Applicability and designation of affected facility.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (4) Each affected facility that has a total resource effectiveness 
(TRE) index value greater than 8.0 is exempt from all provisions of 
this subpart except for Sec. Sec.  60.662; 60.664 (e), (f), and (g); 
and 60.665 (h) and (l).
* * * * *

0
19. Amend Sec.  60.665 by revising paragraphs (h)(2) and (h)(3) to read 
as follows:


Sec.  60.665  Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

* * * * *
    (h) * * *
    (2) Any recalculation of the TRE index value performed pursuant to 
Sec.  60.664(g); and
    (3) The results of any performance test performed pursuant to the 
methods and procedures required by Sec.  60.664(e).
* * * * *

Subpart IIII--[Amended]

0
20. Revise Table 7 to Subpart IIII of part 60 to read as follows:
    As stated in Sec.  60.4213, you must comply with the following 
requirements for performance tests for stationary CI ICE with a 
displacement of >=30 liters per cylinder:

      Table 7 to Subpart IIII of Part 60--Requirements for Performance Tests for Stationary CI ICE with a Displacement of >=30 Liters per Cylinder
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Complying with the                                                                      According to the following
             Each                      requirement to                    You must                        Using                      requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Stationary CI internal      a. Reduce NOX emissions by 90  i. Select the sampling port    .............................  (a) For NOX, O2, and
 combustion engine with a       percent or more;               location and number/location                                  moisture measurement, ducts
 displacement of >= 30 liters                                  of traverse points at the                                     <=6 inches in diameter may
 per cylinder                                                  inlet and outlet of the                                       be sampled at a single
                                                               control device;                                               point located at the duct
                                                                                                                             centroid and ducts >6 and
                                                                                                                             <=12 inches in diameter may
                                                                                                                             be sampled at 3 traverse
                                                                                                                             points located at 16.7,
                                                                                                                             50.0, and 83.3% of the
                                                                                                                             measurement line (`3-point
                                                                                                                             long line'). If the duct is
                                                                                                                             >12 inches in diameter and
                                                                                                                             the sampling port location
                                                                                                                             meets the two and half-
                                                                                                                             diameter criterion of
                                                                                                                             Section 11.1.1 of Method 1
                                                                                                                             of 40 CFR part 60, appendix
                                                                                                                             A-1, the duct may be
                                                                                                                             sampled at `3-point long
                                                                                                                             line'; otherwise, conduct
                                                                                                                             the stratification testing
                                                                                                                             and select sampling points
                                                                                                                             according to Section 8.1.2
                                                                                                                             of Method 7E of 40 CFR part
                                                                                                                             60, appendix A-4.
                               .............................  ii. Measure O2 at the inlet    (1) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40  (b) Measurements to
                                                               and outlet of the control      CFR part 60, appendix A-2      determine O2 concentration
                                                               device;                                                       must be made at the same
                                                                                                                             time as the measurements
                                                                                                                             for NOX concentration.
                               .............................  iii. If necessary, measure     (2) Method 4 of 40 CFR part    (c) Measurements to
                                                               moisture content at the        60, appendix A-3, Method 320   determine moisture content
                                                               inlet and outlet of the        of 40 CFR part 63, appendix    must be made at the same
                                                               control device; and            A, or ASTM D 6348-03           time as the measurements
                                                                                              (incorporated by reference,    for NOX concentration.
                                                                                              see Sec.   60.17)
                               .............................  iv. Measure NOX at the inlet   (3) Method 7E of 40 CFR part   (d) NOX concentration must
                                                               and outlet of the control      60, appendix A-4, Method 320   be at 15 percent O2, dry
                                                               device.                        of 40 CFR part 63, appendix    basis. Results of this test
                                                                                              A, or ASTM D 6348-03           consist of the average of
                                                                                              (incorporated by reference,    the three 1-hour or longer
                                                                                              see Sec.   60.17)              runs.

[[Page 11252]]

 
                               b. Limit the concentration of  i. Select the sampling port    .............................  (a) For NOX, O2, and
                                NOX in the stationary CI       location and number/location                                  moisture measurement, ducts
                                internal combustion engine     of traverse points at the                                     <=6 inches in diameter may
                                exhaust.                       exhaust of the stationary                                     be sampled at a single
                                                               internal combustion engine;                                   point located at the duct
                                                                                                                             centroid and ducts >6 and
                                                                                                                             <=12 inches in diameter may
                                                                                                                             be sampled at 3 traverse
                                                                                                                             points located at 16.7,
                                                                                                                             50.0, and 83.3% of the
                                                                                                                             measurement line (`3-point
                                                                                                                             long line'). If the duct is
                                                                                                                             >12 inches in diameter and
                                                                                                                             the sampling port location
                                                                                                                             meets the two and half-
                                                                                                                             diameter criterion of
                                                                                                                             Section 11.1.1 of Method 1
                                                                                                                             of 40 CFR part 60, appendix
                                                                                                                             A-1, the duct may be
                                                                                                                             sampled at `3-point long
                                                                                                                             line'; otherwise, conduct
                                                                                                                             the stratification testing
                                                                                                                             and select sampling points
                                                                                                                             according to Section 8.1.2
                                                                                                                             of Method 7E of 40 CFR part
                                                                                                                             60, appendix A-4.
                               .............................  ii. Determine the O2           (1) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40  (b) Measurements to
                                                               concentration of the           CFR part 60, appendix A-2      determine O2 concentration
                                                               stationary internal                                           must be made at the same
                                                               combustion engine exhaust at                                  time as the measurement for
                                                               the sampling port location;                                   NOX concentration.
                               .............................  iii. If necessary, measure     (2) Method 4 of 40 CFR part    (c) Measurements to
                                                               moisture content of the        60, appendix A-3, Method 320   determine moisture content
                                                               stationary internal            of 40 CFR part 63, appendix    must be made at the same
                                                               combustion engine exhaust at   A, or ASTM D 6348-03           time as the measurement for
                                                               the sampling port location;    (incorporated by reference,    NOX concentration.
                                                               and                            see Sec.   60.17)
                               .............................  iv. Measure NOX at the         (3) Method 7E of 40 CFR part   (d) NOX concentration must
                                                               exhaust of the stationary      60, Appendix A-4, Method 320   be at 15 percent O2, dry
                                                               internal combustion engine;    of 40 CFR part 63, appendix    basis. Results of this test
                                                               if using a control device,     A, or ASTM D 6348-03           consist of the average of
                                                               the sampling site must be      (incorporated by reference,    the three 1-hour or longer
                                                               located at the outlet of the   see Sec.   60.17)              runs.
                                                               control device.
                               c. Reduce PM emissions by 60   i. Select the sampling port    (1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR   (a) Sampling sites must be
                                percent or more                location and the number of     part 60, appendix A-1          located at the inlet and
                                                               traverse points;                                              outlet of the control
                                                                                                                             device.
                               .............................  ii. Measure O2 at the inlet    (2) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40  (b) Measurements to
                                                               and outlet of the control      CFR part 60, appendix A-2      determine O2 concentration
                                                               device;                                                       must be made at the same
                                                                                                                             time as the measurements
                                                                                                                             for PM concentration.
                               .............................  iii. If necessary, measure     (3) Method 4 of 40 CFR part    (c) Measurements to
                                                               moisture content at the        60, appendix A-3               determine and moisture
                                                               inlet and outlet of the                                       content must be made at the
                                                               control device; and                                           same time as the
                                                                                                                             measurements for PM
                                                                                                                             concentration.

[[Page 11253]]

 
                               .............................  iv. Measure PM at the inlet    (4) Method 5 of 40 CFR part    (d) PM concentration must be
                                                               and outlet of the control      60, appendix A-3               at 15 percent O2, dry
                                                               device.                                                       basis. Results of this test
                                                                                                                             consist of the average of
                                                                                                                             the three 1-hour or longer
                                                                                                                             runs.
                               d. Limit the concentration of  i. Select the sampling port    (1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR   (a) If using a control
                                PM in the stationary CI        location and the number of     part 60, appendix A-1          device, the sampling site
                                internal combustion engine     traverse points;                                              must be located at the
                                exhaust                                                                                      outlet of the control
                                                                                                                             device.
                               .............................  ii. Determine the O2           (2) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40  (b) Measurements to
                                                               concentration of the           CFR part 60, appendix A-2      determine O2 concentration
                                                               stationary internal                                           must be made at the same
                                                               combustion engine exhaust at                                  time as the measurements
                                                               the sampling port location;                                   for PM concentration.
                               .............................  iii. If necessary, measure     (3) Method 4 of 40 CFR part    (c) Measurements to
                                                               moisture content of the        60, appendix A-3               determine moisture content
                                                               stationary internal                                           must be made at the same
                                                               combustion engine exhaust at                                  time as the measurements
                                                               the sampling port location;                                   for PM concentration.
                                                               and
                               .............................  iv. Measure PM at the exhaust  (4) Method 5 of 40 CFR part    (d) PM concentration must be
                                                               of the stationary internal     60, appendix A-3.              at 15 percent O2, dry
                                                               combustion engine.                                            basis. Results of this test
                                                                                                                             consist of the average of
                                                                                                                             the three 1-hour or longer
                                                                                                                             runs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Subpart JJJJ--[Amended]

0
21. Revise Table 2 to Subpart JJJJ of part 60 to read as follows:
    As stated in Sec.  60.4244, you must comply with the following 
requirements for performance tests within 10 percent of 100 percent 
peak (or the highest achievable) load:

[[Page 11254]]



                                         Table 2 to Subpart JJJJ of Part 60--Requirements for Performance Tests
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Complying with the                                                                      According to the following
           For each                    requirement to                    You must                        Using                      requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Stationary SI internal      a. limit the concentration of  i. Select the sampling port    (1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR   (a) Alternatively, for NOX,
 combustion engine              NOX in the stationary SI       location and the number/       part 60, appendix A-1, if      O2, and moisture
 demonstrating compliance       internal combustion engine     location of traverse points    measuring flow rate.           measurement, ducts <=6
 according to Sec.   60.4244.   exhaust.                       at the exhaust of the                                         inches in diameter may be
                                                               stationary internal                                           sampled at a single point
                                                               combustion engine;                                            located at the duct
                                                                                                                             centroid and ducts >6 and
                                                                                                                             <=12 inches in diameter may
                                                                                                                             be sampled at 3 traverse
                                                                                                                             points located at 16.7,
                                                                                                                             50.0, and 83.3% of the
                                                                                                                             measurement line (`3-point
                                                                                                                             long line'). If the duct is
                                                                                                                             >12 inches in diameter and
                                                                                                                             the sampling port location
                                                                                                                             meets the two and half-
                                                                                                                             diameter criterion of
                                                                                                                             Section 11.1.1 of Method 1
                                                                                                                             of 40 CFR part 60, Appendix
                                                                                                                             A, the duct may be sampled
                                                                                                                             at `3-point long line';
                                                                                                                             otherwise, conduct the
                                                                                                                             stratification testing and
                                                                                                                             select sampling points
                                                                                                                             according to Section 8.1.2
                                                                                                                             of Method 7E of 40 CFR part
                                                                                                                             60, Appendix A.
                               .............................  ii. Determine the O2           (2) Method 3, 3A, or 3B\b\ of  (b) Measurements to
                                                               concentration of the           40 CFR part 60, appendix A-2   determine O2 concentration
                                                               stationary internal            or ASTM Method D6522-00        must be made at the same
                                                               combustion engine exhaust at   (Reapproved 2005) a e.         time as the measurements
                                                               the sampling port location;                                   for NOX concentration.
                               .............................  iii. If necessary, determine   (3) Method 2 or 2C of 40 CFR   ............................
                                                               the exhaust flowrate of the    part 60, appendix A-1 or
                                                               stationary internal            Method 19 of 40 CFR part 60,
                                                               combustion engine exhaust;     appendix A-7.
                               .............................  iv. If necessary, measure      (4) Method 4 of 40 CFR part    (c) Measurements to
                                                               moisture content of the        60, appendix A-3, Method 320   determine moisture must be
                                                               stationary internal            of 40 CFR part 63, appendix    made at the same time as
                                                               combustion engine exhaust at   A, or ASTM Method D 6348-03    the measurement for NOX
                                                               the sampling port location;    \e\.                           concentration.
                                                               and
                               .............................  v. Measure NOX at the exhaust  (5) Method 7E of 40 CFR part   (d) Results of this test
                                                               of the stationary internal     60, appendix A-4, ASTM         consist of the average of
                                                               combustion engine; if using    Method D6522-00 (Reapproved    the three 1-hour or longer
                                                               a control device, the          2005) a e, Method 320 of 40    runs.
                                                               sampling site must be          CFR part 63, appendix A, or
                                                               located at the outlet of the   ASTM Method D 6348-03 \e\.
                                                               control device.

[[Page 11255]]

 
                               b. limit the concentration of  i. Select the sampling port    (1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR   (a) Alternatively, for CO,
                                CO in the stationary SI        location and the number/       part 60, appendix A-1, if      O2, and moisture
                                internal combustion engine     location of traverse points    measuring flow rate.           measurement, ducts <=6
                                exhaust.                       at the exhaust of the                                         inches in diameter may be
                                                               stationary internal                                           sampled at a single point
                                                               combustion engine;                                            located at the duct
                                                                                                                             centroid and ducts >6 and
                                                                                                                             <=12 inches in diameter may
                                                                                                                             be sampled at 3 traverse
                                                                                                                             points located at 16.7,
                                                                                                                             50.0, and 83.3% of the
                                                                                                                             measurement line (`3-point
                                                                                                                             long line'). If the duct is
                                                                                                                             >12 inches in diameter and
                                                                                                                             the sampling port location
                                                                                                                             meets the two and half-
                                                                                                                             diameter criterion of
                                                                                                                             Section 11.1.1 of Method 1
                                                                                                                             of 40 CFR part 60, Appendix
                                                                                                                             A, the duct may be sampled
                                                                                                                             at `3-point long line';
                                                                                                                             otherwise, conduct the
                                                                                                                             stratification testing and
                                                                                                                             select sampling points
                                                                                                                             according to Section 8.1.2
                                                                                                                             of Method 7E of 40 CFR part
                                                                                                                             60, Appendix A.
                               .............................  ii. Determine the O2           (2) Method 3, 3A, or 3B \b\    (b) Measurements to
                                                               concentration of the           of 40 CFR part 60, appendix    determine O2 concentration
                                                               stationary internal            A-2 or ASTM Method D6522-00    must be made at the same
                                                               combustion engine exhaust at   (Reapproved 2005) a e.         time as the measurements
                                                               the sampling port location;                                   for CO concentration.
                               .............................  iii. If necessary, determine   (3) Method 2 or 2C of 40 CFR   ............................
                                                               the exhaust flowrate of the    part 60, appendix A-1 or
                                                               stationary internal            Method 19 of 40 CFR part 60,
                                                               combustion engine exhaust;     appendix A-7.
                               .............................  iv. If necessary, measure      (4) Method 4 of 40 CFR part    (c) Measurements to
                                                               moisture content of the        60, appendix A-3, Method 320   determine moisture must be
                                                               stationary internal            of 40 CFR part 63, appendix    made at the same time as
                                                               combustion engine exhaust at   A, or ASTM Method D 6348-03    the measurement for CO
                                                               the sampling port location;    \e\.                           concentration.
                                                               and
                               .............................  v. Measure CO at the exhaust   (5) Method 10 of 40 CFR part   (d) Results of this test
                                                               of the stationary internal     60, appendix A4, ASTM Method   consist of the average of
                                                               combustion engine; if using    D6522-00 (Reapproved 2005) a   the three 1-hour or longer
                                                               a control device, the          e, Method 320 of 40 CFR part   runs.
                                                               sampling site must be          63, appendix A, or ASTM
                                                               located at the outlet of the   Method D 6348-03 \e\.
                                                               control device.

[[Page 11256]]

 
                               c. limit the concentration of  i. Select the sampling port    (1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR   (a) Alternatively, for VOC,
                                VOC in the stationary SI       location and the number/       part 60, appendix A-1, if      O2, and moisture
                                internal combustion engine     location of traverse points    measuring flow rate.           measurement, ducts <=6
                                exhaust                        at the exhaust of the                                         inches in diameter may be
                                                               stationary internal                                           sampled at a single point
                                                               combustion engine;                                            located at the duct
                                                                                                                             centroid and ducts >6 and
                                                                                                                             <=12 inches in diameter may
                                                                                                                             be sampled at 3 traverse
                                                                                                                             points located at 16.7,
                                                                                                                             50.0, and 83.3% of the
                                                                                                                             measurement line (`3-point
                                                                                                                             long line'). If the duct is
                                                                                                                             >12 inches in diameter and
                                                                                                                             the sampling port location
                                                                                                                             meets the two and half-
                                                                                                                             diameter criterion of
                                                                                                                             Section 11.1.1 of Method 1
                                                                                                                             of 40 CFR part 60, Appendix
                                                                                                                             A, the duct may be sampled
                                                                                                                             at `3-point long line';
                                                                                                                             otherwise, conduct the
                                                                                                                             stratification testing and
                                                                                                                             select sampling points
                                                                                                                             according to Section 8.1.2
                                                                                                                             of Method 7E of 40 CFR part
                                                                                                                             60, Appendix A.
                               .............................  ii. Determine the O2           (2) Method 3, 3A, or 3B \b\    (b) Measurements to
                                                               concentration of the           of 40 CFR part 60, appendix    determine O2 concentration
                                                               stationary internal            A-2 or ASTM Method D6522-00    must be made at the same
                                                               combustion engine exhaust at   (Reapproved 2005) a e.         time as the measurements
                                                               the sampling port location;                                   for VOC concentration.
                               .............................  iii. If necessary, determine   (3) Method 2 or 2C of 40 CFR   ............................
                                                               the exhaust flowrate of the    part 60, appendix A-1 or
                                                               stationary internal            Method 19 of 40 CFR part 60,
                                                               combustion engine exhaust;     appendix A-7.
                               .............................  iv. If necessary, measure      (4) Method 4 of 40 CFR part    (c) Measurements to
                                                               moisture content of the        60, appendix A-3, Method 320   determine moisture must be
                                                               stationary internal            of 40 CFR part 63, appendix    made at the same time as
                                                               combustion engine exhaust at   A, or ASTM Method D 6348-03    the measurement for VOC
                                                               the sampling port location;    \e\.                           concentration.
                                                               and
                               .............................  v. Measure VOC at the exhaust  (5) Methods 25A and 18 of 40   (d) Results of this test
                                                               of the stationary internal     CFR part 60, appendices A-6    consist of the average of
                                                               combustion engine; if using    and A-7, Method 25A with the   the three 1-hour or longer
                                                               a control device, the          use of a methane cutter as     runs.
                                                               sampling site must be          described in 40 CFR
                                                               located at the outlet of the   1065.265, Method 18 of 40
                                                               control device.                CFR part 60, appendix A-6 c
                                                                                              d, Method 320 of 40 CFR part
                                                                                              63, appendix A, or ASTM
                                                                                              Method D 6348-03 \e\.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Also, you may petition the Administrator for approval to use alternative methods for portable analyzer.
\b\ You may use ASME PTC 19.10-1981, Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses, for measuring the O2 content of the exhaust gas as an alternative to EPA Method 3B.
  AMSE PTC 19.10-1981 incorporated by reference, see 40 CFR 60.17
\c\ You may use EPA Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-6, provided that you conduct an adequate pre-survey test prior to the emissions test, such
  as the one described in OTM 11 on EPA's Web site (http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/prelim/otm11.pdf).
\d\ You may use ASTM D6420-99 (2004), Test Method for Determination of Gaseous Organic Compounds by Direct Interface Gas Chromatography/Mass
  Spectrometry as an alternative to EPA Method 18 for measuring total nonmethane organic. ASTM D6420-99(2004) incorporated by reference; see 40 CFR
  60.17.
\e\ Incorporated by reference; see 40 CFR 60.17.


[[Page 11257]]


0
22. Amend appendix A-1 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By amending Method 1 as follows:
0
i. By revising Figure 1-1 in section 17.
0
ii. By adding Figure 1-2 to section 17.
0
b. By amending Method 2 as follows:
0
i. By revising section 8.1, the note at the end of 10.1.1, and sections 
10.4, 12.6, and 12.7.
0
ii. By removing the definition for Ts(abs) in section 12.1.
0
iii. By adding a definition for Ts(abavg) in alphabetical order to 
section 12.1.
0
c. By revising Method 2A, sections 10.3 and 12.2.
0
d. By revising Method 2B, section 12.1.
0
e. By revising Method 2D, section 10.4.

Appendix A-1 to Part 60--Test Methods 1 Through 2F

* * * * *

Method 1--Sample and Velocity Traverses From Stationary Sources

* * * * *
    17.0 * * *

[[Page 11258]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.007


[[Page 11259]]


* * * * *

Method 2--Determination of Stack Gas Velocity and Volumetric Flow Rate 
(Type S Pitot Tube)

* * * * *
    8.1 Set up the apparatus as shown in Figure 2-1. Capillary 
tubing or surge tanks installed between the manometer and pitot tube 
may be used to dampen [Delta]P fluctuations. It is recommended, but 
not required, that a pretest leak-check be conducted as follows: (1) 
blow through the pitot impact opening until at least 7.6 cm (3.0 
in.) H2O velocity head registers on the manometer; then, 
close off the impact opening. The pressure shall remain stable 
(2.5 mm H2O, 0.10 in. 
H2O) for at least 15 seconds; (2) do the same for the 
static pressure side, except using suction to obtain the minimum of 
7.6 cm (3.0 in.) H2O. Other leak-check procedures, 
subject to the approval of the Administrator, may be used.
* * * * *
    10.1.1 * * *

    Note: Do not use a Type S pitot tube assembly that is 
constructed such that the impact pressure opening plane of the pitot 
tube is below the entry plane of the nozzle (see Figure 2-7B).

* * * * *
    10.4 Barometer. Calibrate the barometer used against a mercury 
barometer or NIST-traceable barometer prior to each field test.
* * * * *

12.1 Nomenclature

* * * * *
Ts(abavg) = Average absolute stack temperature, [deg]K 
([deg]R).
 = 273 + Ts for metric units,
 = 460 + Ts for English units.
* * * * *
    12.6 Average Stack Gas Velocity.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.008
    
* * * * *

Method 2A--Direct Measurement of Gas Volume Through Pipes and Small 
Ducts

* * * * *
    10.3 Barometer. Calibrate the barometer used against a mercury 
barometer or NIST-traceable barometer prior to the field test.
* * * * *
    12.2 Test Meter Calibration Coefficient.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.009
    
* * * * *

Method 2B--Determination of Exhaust Gas Volume Flow Rate From Gasoline 
Vapor Incinerators

* * * * *
    12.1 Nomenclature.

COe = Mean carbon monoxide concentration in system 
exhaust, ppm.
(CO2)a = Ambient carbon dioxide concentration, 
ppm (if not measured during the test period, may be assumed to equal 
380 ppm).
(CO2)e = Mean carbon dioxide concentration in 
system exhaust, ppm.
HCe = Mean organic concentration in system exhaust as 
defined by the calibration gas, ppm.
Hci = Mean organic concentration in system inlet as 
defined by the calibration gas, ppm.
Ke = Hydrocarbon calibration gas factor for the exhaust 
hydrocarbon analyzer, unitless [equal to the number of carbon atoms 
per molecule of the gas used to calibrate the analyzer (2 for 
ethane, 3 for propane, etc.)].
Ki = Hydrocarbon calibration gas factor for the inlet 
hydrocarbon analyzer, unitless.
Ves = Exhaust gas volume, m\3\.
Vis = Inlet gas volume, m\3\.
Qes = Exhaust gas volume flow rate, m\3\/min.
Qis = Inlet gas volume flow rate, m\3\/min.
    [thgr] = Sample run time, min.
    S = Standard conditions: 20[deg] C, 760 mm Hg.
* * * * *

Method 2D--Measurement of Gas Volume Flow Rates in Small Pipes and 
Ducts

* * * * *

[[Page 11260]]

    10.4 Barometer. Calibrate the barometer used against a mercury 
barometer or NIST-traceable barometer prior to the field test.
* * * * *
0
23. Amend appendix A-2 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Method 3A, section 7.1.
0
b. By amending Method 3C as follows:
0
i. By revising section 7.1.
0
ii. By adding section 7.3.

Appendix A-2 to Part 60--Test Methods 2G Through 3C

* * * * *

Method 3A--Determination of Oxygen and Carbon Dioxide Concentrations in 
Emissions From Stationary Sources (Instrumental Analyzer Procedure)

* * * * *
    7.1 Calibration Gas. What calibration gases do I need? Refer to 
Section 7.1 of Method 7E for the calibration gas requirements. 
Example calibration gas mixtures are listed below. Pre-cleaned or 
scrubbed air may be used for the O2 high-calibration gas 
provided it does not contain other gases that interfere with the 
O2 measurement.
    (a) CO2 in Nitrogen (N2).
    (b) CO2/SO2 gas mixture in N2.
    (c) O2/SO2 gas mixture in N2.
    (d) O2/CO2/SO2 gas mixture in 
N2.
    (e) CO2/NOX gas mixture in N2.
    (f) CO2/SO2/NOX gas mixture in 
N2.
    The tests for analyzer calibration error and system bias require 
high-, mid-, and low-level gases.
* * * * *

Method 3C--Determination of Carbon Dioxide, Methane, Nitrogen, and 
Oxygen from Stationary Sources

* * * * *
    7.1 Nomenclature.

Bw = Moisture content in the sample, fraction.
CN2 = Measured N2 concentration (by Method 
3C), fraction.
CN2Corr = Measured N2 concentration corrected 
only for dilution, fraction.
Ct = Calculated NMOC concentration, ppmv C equivalent.
Ctm = Measured NMOC concentration, ppmv C equivalent.
Pb = Barometric pressure, mm Hg.
Pt = Gas sample tank pressure after sampling, but before 
pressurizing, mm Hg absolute.
Ptf = Final gas sample tank pressure after pressurizing, 
mm Hg absolute.
Pti = Gas sample tank pressure after evacuation, mm Hg 
absolute.
Pw = Vapor pressure of H2O (from Table 25C-1), 
mm Hg.
r = Total number of analyzer injections of sample tank during 
analysis (where j = injection number, 1 . . . r).
R = Mean calibration response factor for specific sample component, 
area/ppm.
Tt = Sample tank temperature at completion of sampling, 
[deg]K.
Tti = Sample tank temperature before sampling, [deg]K.
Ttf = Sample tank temperature after pressurizing, [deg]K.
* * * * *
    7.3 Measured N2 Concentration Correction. Calculate 
the reported N2 correction for Method 25-C using Eq. 3C-
4. If oxygen is determined in place of N2, substitute the 
oxygen concentration for the nitrogen concentration in the equation.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.010

* * * * *

0
24. Amend appendix A-3 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Method 4, sections 9.1 and 16.0.
0
b. Amend Method 5 as follows:
0
i. By revising sections 6.1.1.5, 6.1.1.6, 6.1.1.7, 6.1.1.9, 7.1.3, 8.1, 
8.3.4, 8.5, 8.5.6, 8.7.3, 8.7.5, 10.3.3, 10.5, 10.6.
0
ii. By removing section 7.1.5.
0
iii. By revising Equation 5-13 in section 16.2.3.3.
0
iv. By adding section 16.3.
0
v. By adding reference 13 to section 17.0.
0
c. By revising Method 5A, section 8.1.
0
d. By amending Method 5E as follows:
0
i. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0, 
respectively.
0
ii. By adding a new section 16.0.
0
e. By amending Method 5H as follows:
0
i. By revising section 12.1.
0
ii. By adding section 12.15.
0
iii. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0, 
respectively.
0
iv. By adding a new section 16.

Appendix A-3 to Part 60--Test Methods 4 Through 5I

* * * * *

Method 4--Determination of Moisture Content in Stack Gases

* * * * *
    9.1 Miscellaneous Quality Control Measures.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Quality control
           Section                   measure               Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 8.1.1.4.............  Leak rate of the      Ensures the accuracy
                               sampling system       of the volume of
                               cannot exceed four    gas sampled.
                               percent of the        (Reference Method).
                               average sampling
                               rate or 0.00057
                               m\3\/min (0.020
                               cfm).
Section 8.2.1...............  Leak rate of the      Ensures the accuracy
                               sampling system       of the volume of
                               cannot exceed two     gas sampled.
                               percent of the        (Approximation
                               average sampling      Method).
                               rate.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *

16.0 Alternative Procedures

    16.1 The procedure described in Method 5 for determining 
moisture content is an acceptable alternative to Method 4.
    16.2 The procedures in Method 6A for determining moisture is an 
acceptable alternative to Method 4.
    16.3 Method 320 is an acceptable alternative to Method 4 for 
determining moisture.
    16.4 Using F-factors to determine moisture is an acceptable 
alternative to Method 4 for a combustion stack not using a scrubber. 
If this option is selected, calculate the moisture content as 
follows:

BWS - BH + BA + BF

Where:


[[Page 11261]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.011

Bws = Mole fraction of moisture in the stack gas.
Fd = Volume of dry combustion components per unit of heat 
content at 0 percent oxygen, dscf/10\6\ Btu (scm/J). See Table 19-2 
in Method 19.
FW = Volume of wet combustion components per unit of heat 
content at 0 percent oxygen, wet scf/10\6\ Btu (scm/J). See Table 
19-2 in Method 19.
%RH = Percent relative humidity (calibrated hydrometer acceptable), 
percent.
PBar = Barometric pressure, in. Hg.
T = Ambient temperature, [deg]F.
W = Percent free water by weight, percent.
O2 = Percent oxygen in stack gas, dry basis, percent.
* * * * *

Method 5--Determination of Particulate Matter Emissions From Stationary 
Sources

* * * * *
    6.1.1.5 Filter Holder. Borosilicate glass, with a glass or 
Teflon frit filter support and a silicone rubber gasket. Other 
materials of construction (e.g., stainless steel or Viton) may be 
used, subject to the approval of the Administrator. The holder 
design shall provide a positive seal against leakage from the 
outside or around the filter. The holder shall be attached 
immediately at the outlet of the probe (or cyclone, if used).
    6.1.1.6 Filter Heating System. Any heating system capable of 
monitoring and maintaining temperature around the filter shall be 
used to ensure the sample gas temperature exiting the filter of 120 
 14 [deg]C (248  25 [deg]F) during sampling 
or such other temperature as specified by an applicable subpart of 
the standards or approved by the Administrator for a particular 
application. The monitoring and regulation of the temperature around 
the filter may be done with the filter temperature sensor or another 
temperature sensor.
    6.1.1.7 Filter Temperature Sensor. A temperature sensor capable 
of measuring temperature to within 3 [deg]C (5.4 [deg]F) 
shall be installed so that the sensing tip of the temperature sensor 
is in direct contact with the sample gas exiting the filter. The 
sensing tip of the sensor may be encased in glass, Teflon, or metal 
and must protrude at least \1/2\ in. into the sample gas exiting the 
filter. The filter temperature sensor must be monitored and recorded 
during sampling to ensure a sample gas temperature exiting the 
filter of 120  14 [deg]C (248  25 [deg]F), 
or such other temperature as specified by an applicable subpart of 
the standards or approved by the Administrator for a particular 
application.
* * * * *
    6.1.1.9 Metering System. Vacuum gauge, leak-free pump, 
calibrated temperature sensors (rechecked at at least one point 
after each test), dry gas meter (DGM) capable of measuring volume to 
within 2 percent, and related equipment, as shown in Figure 5-1. 
Alternatively, an Isostack metering system may be used if all Method 
5 calibrations are performed, with the exception of those related to 
[Delta]H@ in Section 9.2.1, wherein the sample flow rate system 
shall be calibrated in lieu of [Delta]H@ and shall not deviate by 
more than 5 percent. Other metering systems capable of maintaining 
sampling rates within 10 percent of isokinetic and of determining 
sample volumes to within 2 percent may be used, subject to the 
approval of the Administrator. When the metering system is used in 
conjunction with a pitot tube, the system shall allow periodic 
checks of isokinetic rates.
* * * * *
    7.1.3 Water. When analysis of the material caught in the 
impingers is required, deionized distilled water [to conform to ASTM 
D1193-77 or 91 Type 3 (incorporated by reference--see Sec.  60.17)] 
with at least <0.001 percent residue shall be used or as specified 
in the applicable method requiring analysis of the water. Run 
reagent blanks prior to field use to eliminate a high blank on test 
samples.
* * * * *
    8.1 Pretest Preparation. It is suggested that sampling equipment 
be maintained according to the procedures described in APTD-0576. 
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the 
thermometers are at a minimum equivalent in terms of performance or 
suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement 
application.
* * * * *
    8.3.4 Set up the train as shown in Figure 5-1 ensuring that the 
connections are leak-tight. Subject to the approval of the 
Administrator, a glass cyclone may be used between the probe and 
filter holder when the total particulate catch is expected to exceed 
100 mg or when water droplets are present in the stack gas.
* * * * *
    8.5 Sampling Train Operation. During the sampling run, maintain 
an isokinetic sampling rate (within 10 percent of true isokinetic 
unless otherwise specified by the Administrator) and a sample gas 
temperature through the filter of 120  14 [deg]C (248 
 25 [deg]F) or such other temperature as specified by

[[Page 11262]]

an applicable subpart of the standards or approved by the 
Administrator.
* * * * *
    8.5.6 During the test run, make periodic adjustments to keep the 
temperature around the filter holder at the proper level to maintain 
the sample gas temperature exiting the filter; add more ice and, if 
necessary, salt to maintain a temperature of less than 20 [deg]C (68 
[deg]F) at the condenser/silica gel outlet. Also, periodically check 
the level and zero of the manometer.
* * * * *
    8.7.3 Before moving the sample train to the cleanup site, remove 
the probe from the sample train and cap the open outlet of the 
probe. Be careful not to lose any condensate that might be present. 
Cap the filter inlet where the probe was fastened. Remove the 
umbilical cord from the last impinger, and cap the impinger. If a 
flexible line is used between the first impinger or condenser and 
the filter holder, disconnect the line at the filter holder, and let 
any condensed water or liquid drain into the impingers or condenser. 
Cap off the filter holder outlet and impinger inlet. Either ground-
glass stoppers, plastic caps, or serum caps may be used to close 
these openings.
* * * * *
    8.7.5 Save a portion of the acetone used for cleanup as a blank. 
From each storage container of acetone used for cleanup, save 200 ml 
and place in a glass sample container labeled ``acetone blank.'' To 
minimize any particulate contamination, rinse the wash bottle prior 
to filling from the tested container.
* * * * *
    10.3.3 Acceptable Variation in Calibration Check. If the DGM 
coefficient values obtained before and after a test series differ by 
more than 5 percent, the test series shall either be voided, or 
calculations for the test series shall be performed using whichever 
meter coefficient value (i.e., before or after) gives the lower 
value of total sample volume.
* * * * *
    10.5 Temperature Sensors. Use the procedure in Section 10.3 of 
Method 2 to calibrate in-stack temperature sensors. Dial 
thermometers, such as are used for the DGM and condenser outlet, 
shall be calibrated against mercury-in-glass thermometers. An 
alternative mercury-free NIST-traceable thermometer may be used if 
the thermometer is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance 
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement 
application. As an alternative, the following single-point 
calibration procedure may be used. After each test run series, check 
the accuracy (and, hence, the calibration) of each thermocouple 
system at ambient temperature, or any other temperature, within the 
range specified by the manufacturer, using a reference thermometer 
(either ASTM reference thermometer or a thermometer that has been 
calibrated against an ASTM reference thermometer). The temperatures 
of the thermocouple and reference thermometers shall agree to within 
2 [deg]F.
    10.6 Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer or NIST-
traceable barometer prior to the field test. Alternatively, 
barometric pressure may be obtained from a weather report that has 
been adjusted for the test point (on the stack) elevation.
* * * * *
    16.2.3.3 * * *
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.012
    
* * * * *
    16.3 Alternative Post-Test Metering System Calibration. The 
following procedure may be used as an alternative to the post-test 
calibration described in Section 10.3.2. This alternative procedure 
does not detect leakages between the inlet of the metering system 
and the dry gas meter. Therefore, two steps must be included to make 
it an equivalent alternative:
    (1) The metering system must pass the post-test leak-check from 
either the inlet of the sampling train or the inlet of the metering 
system. Therefore, if the train fails the former leak-check, another 
leak-check from the inlet of the metering system must be conducted;
    (2) The metering system must pass the leak-check of that portion 
of the train from the pump to the orifice meter as described in 
Section 8.4.1.
    16.3.1 After each test run, do the following:
    16.3.1.1 Ensure that the metering system has passed the post-
test leak-check. If not, conduct a leak-check of the metering system 
from its inlet.
    16.3.1.2 Conduct the leak-check of that portion of the train 
from the pump to the orifice meter as described in Section 10.3.1.1.
    16.3.1.3 Calculate Yqa for each test run using the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.013

Where:

Yqa = Dry gas meter calibration check value, 
dimensionless.
0.0319 = (29.92/528) (0.75) \2\ (in. Hg/[deg]R) cfm\2\.
[Delta]H@ = Orifice meter calibration coefficient, in. 
H2O.
Md = Dry molecular weight of stack gas, lb/lb-mole.
29 = Dry molecular weight of air, lb/lb-mole.

    16.3.2 After each test run series, do the following:
    16.3.2.1 Average the three or more Yqa's obtained 
from the test run series and compare this average Yqa 
with the dry gas meter calibration factor Y. The average 
Yqa must be within 5 percent of Y.
    16.3.2.2 If the average Yqa does not meet the 5 
percent criterion, recalibrate the meter over the full range of 
orifice settings as detailed in Section 10.3.1. Then follow the 
procedure in Section 10.3.3.
    17.0 * * *
    13. Shigehara, Roger T., P.G. Royals, and E.W. Steward. 
``Alternative Method 5 Post-Test Calibration.'' Entropy 
Incorporated, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709.
* * * * *

Method 5A--Determination of Particulate Matter Emissions From the 
Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing Industry

* * * * *
    8.1 Pretest Preparation. Unless otherwise specified, maintain 
and calibrate all components according to the procedure described in 
APTD-0576, ``Maintenance, Calibration, and Operation of Isokinetic 
Source-Sampling Equipment'' (Reference 3 in Method 5, Section 17.0). 
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the 
thermometers are, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance 
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement 
application.
* * * * *

[[Page 11263]]

Method 5E--Determination of Particulate Matter Emissions From the Wool 
Fiberglass Insulation Manufacturing Industry

* * * * *

16.0 Alternative Procedures

    16.1 Total Organic Carbon Analyzer. Tekmar-Dohrmann analyzers 
using the single injection technique may be used as an alternative 
to Rosemount Model 2100A analyzers.
* * * * *

Method 5H--Determination of Particulate Matter Emissions From Wood 
Heaters From a Stack Location

* * * * *
    12.1 Nomenclature.

A = Sample flow rate adjustment factor.
BR = Dry wood burn rate, kg/hr (lb/hr), from Method 28, Section 8.3.
Bws = Water vapor in the gas stream, proportion by 
volume.
Ci = Tracer gas concentration at inlet, ppmv.
Co = Tracer gas concentration at outlet, ppmv.
Cs = Concentration of particulate matter in stack gas, 
dry basis, corrected to standard conditions, g/dscm (g/dscf).
E = Particulate emission rate, g/hr (lb/hr).
[Delta]H = Average pressure differential across the orifice meter 
(see Figure 5H-1), mm H2O (in. H2O).
La = Maximum acceptable leakage rate for either a post-
test leak-check or for a leak-check following a component change; 
equal to 0.00057 cmm (0.020 cfm) or 4 percent of the average 
sampling rate, whichever is less.
L1 = Individual leakage rate observed during the leak-
check conducted before a component change, cmm (cfm).
Lp = Leakage rate observed during the post-test leak-
check, cmm (cfm).
mn = Total amount of particulate matter collected, mg.
Ma = Mass of residue of solvent after evaporation, mg.
NC = Grams of carbon/gram of dry fuel (lb/lb), equal to 
0.0425.
NT = Total dry moles of exhaust gas/kg of dry wood 
burned, g-moles/kg (lb-moles/lb).
PR = Percent of proportional sampling rate.
Pbar = Barometric pressure at the sampling site, mm Hg 
(in.Hg).
Pstd = Standard absolute pressure, 760 mm Hg (29.92 
in.Hg).
Qi = Gas volumetric flow rate at inlet, cfm (l/min).
Qo = Gas volumetric flow rate at outlet, cfm (l/min).
* * * * *
    12.15 Alternative Tracer Gas Flow Rate Determination.
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.014
    

    Note: This gives Q for a single instance only. Repeated multiple 
determinations are needed to track temporal variations. Very small 
variations in Qi, Ci, or Co may 
give very large variations in Qo.

* * * * *

16.0 Alternative Procedures

    16.1 Alternative Stack Gas Volumetric Flow Rate Determination 
(Tracer Gas).
    16.1.1 Apparatus.
    16.1.1.1 Tracer Gas Injector System. This is to inject a known 
concentration of tracer gas into the stack. This system consists of 
a cylinder of tracer gas, a gas cylinder regulator, a stainless 
steel needle valve or a flow controller, a nonreactive (stainless 
steel or glass) rotameter, and an injection loop to disperse the 
tracer gas evenly in the stack.
    16.1.1.2 Tracer Gas Probe. A glass or stainless steel sampling 
probe.
    16.1.1.3 Gas Conditioning System. A gas conditioning system is 
suitable for delivering a cleaned sample to the analyzer consisting 
of a filter to remove particulate and a condenser capable of 
lowering the dew point of the sample gas to less than 5 [deg]C 
(40[emsp14][deg]F). A desiccant such as anhydrous calcium sulfate 
may be used to dry the sample gas. Desiccants which react or absorb 
tracer gas or stack gas may not be used, e.g. silica gel absorbs 
CO2.
    16.1.1.4. Pump. An inert (i.e., stainless steel or Teflon head) 
pump to deliver more than the total sample required by the 
manufacturer's specifications for the analyzer used to measure the 
downstream tracer gas concentration.
    16.1.1.5 Gas Analyzer. A gas analyzer is any analyzer capable of 
measuring the tracer gas concentration in the range necessary at 
least every 10 minutes. A means of controlling the analyzer flow 
rate and a device for determining proper sample flow rate shall be 
provided unless data is provided to show that the analyzer is 
insensitive to flow variations over the range encountered during the 
test. The gas analyzer needs to meet or exceed the following 
performance specifications:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Linearity.......................  1 percent of full scale.
Calibration Error...............  <=2 percent of span.
Response Time...................  <=10 seconds.
Zero Drift (24 hour)............  <=2 percent of full scale.
Span Drift (24 hour)............  <=2 percent of full scale.
Resolution......................  <=0.5 percent of span.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    16.1.1.6 Recorder (optional). To provide a permanent record of 
the analyzer output.
    16.1.2 Reagents.
    16.1.2.1 Tracer Gas. The tracer gas is sulfur hexafluoride in an 
appropriate concentration for accurate analyzer measurement or pure 
sulfur dioxide. The gas used must be nonreactive with the stack 
effluent and give minimal (<3 percent) interference to measurement 
by the gas analyzer.
    16.1.3 Procedure. Select upstream and downstream locations in 
the stack or duct for introducing the tracer gas and delivering the 
sampled gas to the analyzer. The inlet location should be 8 or more 
duct diameters beyond any upstream flow disturbance. The outlet 
should be 8 or more undisturbed duct diameters from the inlet and 2 
or more duct diameters from the duct exit. After installing the 
apparatus, meter a known concentration of the tracer gas into the 
stack at the inlet location. Use the gas sample probe and analyzer 
to show that no stratification of the tracer gas is found in the 
stack at the measurement locations. Monitor the tracer gas 
concentration from the outlet location and record the concentration 
at 10-minute intervals or more often at the option of the tester. A 
minimum of three measured intervals is recommended to determine the 
stack gas volumetric flow rate. Other statistical procedures may be 
applied for complete flow characterization and additional QA/QC.
* * * * *

0
25. Amend appendix A-4 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Method 6, sections 10.2 and 10.4.
0
b. By revising Method 6C, sections 4.0 and 8.3.
0
c. By revising Method 7, sections 4.0, 10.2, and 10.3.
0
d. By revising Method 7A, sections 4.0 and 10.4.
0
e. By revising Method 7E, sections 6.1, 7.1.1, the introductory text in 
section 8.2.5, the introductory text in section 8.2.7, and the 
introductory text in section 16.2.2.
0
f. By revising Method 8, the definition for Vsoln in section 
12.1, and Figure 8-1 in section 17.0.
0
g. By revising Method 10, sections 6.2.5 and 8.4.2.
0
h. By revising Method 10A, sections 2.0, 8.2.1, 8.2.3, 11.1, 11.2, the 
introductory text in section 12.3, and 13.5.
0
i. By revising Method 10B, section 2.1, 6.2.3, the introductory text in 
section 12.2.

Appendix A-4 to Part 60--Test Methods 6 Through 10B

* * * * *

Method 6--Determination of Sulfur Dioxide Emissions From Stationary 
Sources

* * * * *
    10.2 Temperature Sensors. Calibrate against mercury-in-glass 
thermometers. An alternative mercury-free thermometer may be used if 
the thermometer is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance 
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement 
application.
* * * * *
    10.4 Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer or NIST-
traceable barometer prior to the field test.
* * * * *

Method 6C--Determination of Sulfur Dioxide Emissions From Stationary 
Sources (Instrumental Analyzer Procedure)

* * * * *

4.0 Interferences

    Refer to Section 4.0 of Method 7E.
* * * * *
    8.3 Interference Check. You must follow the procedures of 
Section 8.2.7 of Method 7E

[[Page 11264]]

to conduct an interference check, substituting SO2 for 
NOX as the method pollutant. For dilution-type 
measurement systems, you must use the alternative interference check 
procedure in Section 16 and a co-located, unmodified Method 6 
sampling train. Quenching in fluorescence analyzers must be 
evaluated and remedied unless a dilution system and ambient-level 
analyzer is used. This may be done by preparing the calibration gas 
to contain within 1 percent of the absolute oxygen and carbon 
dioxide content of the measured gas, preparing the calibration gas 
in air and using vendor nomographs, or by other acceptable means.
* * * * *

Method 7--Determination of Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From Stationary 
Sources

* * * * *

4.0 Interferences

    Biased results have been observed when sampling under conditions 
of high sulfur dioxide concentrations. At or above 2100 ppm 
SO2, use five times the H2O2 
concentration of the Method 7 absorbing solution. Laboratory tests 
have shown that high concentrations of SO2 (about 2100 
ppm) cause low results in Method 7 and 7A. Increasing the 
H2O2 concentration to five times the original 
concentration eliminates this bias. However, when no SO2 
is present, increasing the concentration by five times results in a 
low bias.
* * * * *
    10.2 Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer or NIST-
traceable barometer prior to the field test.
    10.3 Temperature Gauge. Calibrate dial thermometers against 
mercury-in-glass thermometers. An alternative mercury-free 
thermometer may be used if the thermometer is, at a minimum, 
equivalent in terms of performance or suitably effective for the 
specific temperature measurement application.
* * * * *

Method 7A--Determination of Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From Stationary 
Sources (Ion Chromatographic Method)

* * * * *

4.0 Interferences

    Biased results have been observed when sampling under conditions 
of high sulfur dioxide concentrations. At or above 2100 ppm 
SO2, use five times the H2O2 
concentration of the Method 7 absorbing solution. Laboratory tests 
have shown that high concentrations of SO2 (about 2100 
ppm) cause low results in Method 7 and 7A. Increasing the 
H2O2 concentration to five times the original 
concentration eliminates this bias. However, when no SO2 
is present, increasing the concentration by five times results in a 
low bias.
* * * * *
    10.4 Temperature Gauge. Calibrate dial thermometers against 
mercury-in-glass thermometers. An alternative mercury-free 
thermometer may be used if the thermometer is, at a minimum, 
equivalent in terms of performance or suitably effective for the 
specific temperature measurement application.
* * * * *

Method 7E--Determination of Nitrogen Oxides Emissions From Stationary 
Sources (Instrumental Analyzer Procedure)

* * * * *
    6.1 What do I need for the measurement system? You may use any 
equipment and supplies meeting the following specifications:
    (1) Sampling system components that are not evaluated in the 
system bias or system calibration error test must be glass, Teflon, 
or stainless steel. Other materials are potentially acceptable, 
subject to approval by the Administrator.
    (2) The interference, calibration error, and system bias 
criteria must be met.
    (3) Sample flow rate must be maintained within 10 percent of the 
flow rate at which the system response time was measured.
    (4) All system components (excluding sample conditioning 
components, if used) must maintain the sample temperature above the 
moisture dew point. Ensure minimal contact between any condensate 
and the sample gas. Section 6.2 provides example equipment 
specifications for a NOX measurement system. Figure 7E-1 
is a diagram of an example dry-basis measurement system that is 
likely to meet the method requirements and is provided as guidance. 
For wet-basis systems, you may use alternative equipment and 
supplies as needed (some of which are described in Section 6.2), 
provided that the measurement system meets the applicable 
performance specifications of this method.
* * * * *
    7.1.1 High-Level Gas. This concentration is chosen to set the 
calibration span as defined in Section 3.4.
* * * * *
    8.2.5 Initial System Bias and System Calibration Error Checks. 
Before sampling begins, determine whether the high-level or mid-
level calibration gas best approximates the emissions and use it as 
the upscale gas. Introduce the upscale gas at the probe upstream of 
all sample conditioning components in system calibration mode. 
Record the time it takes for the measured concentration to increase 
to a value that is at least 95 percent or within 0.5 ppm (whichever 
is less restrictive) of a stable response for both the low-level and 
upscale gases. Continue to observe the gas concentration reading 
until it has reached a final, stable value. Record this value on a 
form similar to Table 7E-2.
* * * * *
    8.2.7 Interference Check. Conduct an interference response test 
of the gas analyzer prior to its initial use in the field. If you 
have multiple analyzers of the same make and model, you need only 
perform this alternative interference check on one analyzer. You may 
also meet the interference check requirement if the instrument 
manufacturer performs this or a similar check on an analyzer of the 
same make and model of analyzer that you use and provides you with 
documented results. Analytical quenching must be evaluated and 
remedied unless a dilution system and ambient-level analyzer are 
used. The analyzer must be checked for quenching at concentrations 
of approximately 4 and 12 percent CO2 at a mid-range 
concentration for each analyzer range which is commonly used. The 
analyzer must be rechecked after it has been repaired or modified or 
on another periodic basis. * * *
* * * * *
    16.2.2 Bag Procedure. Perform the analyzer calibration error 
test to document the calibration (both NO and NOX modes, 
as applicable). Fill a Tedlar or equivalent bag approximately half 
full with either ambient air, pure oxygen, or an oxygen standard gas 
with at least 19.5 percent by volume oxygen content. Fill the 
remainder of the bag with mid- to high-level NO in N2 (or 
other appropriate concentration) calibration gas. (Note that the 
concentration of the NO standard should be sufficiently high enough 
for the diluted concentration to be easily and accurately measured 
on the scale used. The size of the bag should be large enough to 
accommodate the procedure and time required. Verify through the 
manufacturer that the Tedlar alternative is suitable for NO and make 
this verifed information available for inspection.)
* * * * *

Method 8--Determination of Sulfuric Acid Mist and Sulfur Dioxide 
Emissions From Stationary Sources

* * * * *
    12.1 * * *
Vsoln = Total volume of solution in which the sample is 
contained, 1000 ml for the SO2 sample and 250 ml for the 
H2SO4 sample.
* * * * *

[[Page 11265]]

17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.015

* * * * *

Method 10--Determination of Carbon Monoxide Emissions From Stationary 
Sources

* * * * *
    6.2.5 Flexible Bag. Tedlar, or equivalent, with a capacity of 60 
to 90 liters (2 to 3 ft\3\). (Verify through the manufacturer that 
the Tedlar alternative is suitable for CO and make this verified 
information available for inspection.) Leak-test the bag in the 
laboratory before using by evacuating with a pump followed by a dry 
gas meter. When the evacuation is complete, there should be no flow 
through the meter. Gas tanks may be used in place of bags if the 
samples are analyzed within one week.
* * * * *
    8.4.2 Integrated Sampling. Evacuate the flexible bag. Set up the 
equipment as shown in Figure 10-1 with the bag disconnected. Place 
the probe in the stack and purge the sampling line. Connect the bag, 
making sure that all connections are leak-free. Sample at a rate 
proportional to the stack velocity. If needed, the CO2 
content of the gas may be determined by using the Method 3 
integrated sample procedures, or by weighing an ascarite 
CO2 removal tube used and computing CO2 
concentration from the gas volume sampled and the weight gain of the 
tube. Data may be recorded on a form similar to Table 10-1. If a 
tank is used for sample collection, follow procedures similar to 
those in Sections 8.1.2, 8.2.3, 8.3, and 12.4 of Method 25 as 
appropriate to prepare the tank, conduct the sampling, and correct 
the measured sample concentration.
* * * * *

Method 10A--Determination of Carbon Monoxide Emissions in Certifying 
Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems at Petroleum Refineries

* * * * *

2.0 Summary of Method

    An integrated gas sample is extracted from the stack, passed 
through an alkaline permanganate solution to remove sulfur oxides 
and nitrogen oxides, and collected in a Tedlar or equivalent bag. 
(Verify through the manufacturer that the Tedlar alternative is 
suitable for NO and make this verified information available for 
inspection.) The CO concentration in the sample is measured 
spectrophotometrically using the reaction of CO with p-
sulfaminobenzoic acid.
* * * * *
    8.2.1 Evacuate the bag completely using a vacuum pump. Assemble 
the apparatus as shown in Figure 10A-1. Loosely pack glass wool in 
the tip of the probe. Place 400 ml of alkaline permanganate solution 
in the first two impingers and 250 ml in the third. Connect the pump 
to the third impinger, and follow this with the surge tank, rate 
meter,

[[Page 11266]]

and 3-way valve. Do not connect the bag to the system at this time.
* * * * *
    8.2.3 Purge the system with sample gas by inserting the probe 
into the stack and drawing the sample gas through the system at 300 
ml/min 10 percent for 5 minutes. Connect the evacuated 
bag to the system, record the starting time, and sample at a rate of 
300 ml/min for 30 minutes, or until the bag is nearly full. Record 
the sampling time, the barometric pressure, and the ambient 
temperature. Purge the system as described above immediately before 
each sample.
* * * * *
    11.1 Assemble the system shown in Figure 10A-3, and record the 
information required in Table 10A-1 as it is obtained. Pipet 10.0 ml 
of the colorimetric reagent into each gas reaction bulb, and attach 
the bulbs to the system. Open the stopcocks to the reaction bulbs, 
but leave the valve to the bag closed. Turn on the pump, fully open 
the coarse-adjust flow valve, and slowly open the fine-adjust valve 
until the pressure is reduced to at least 40 mm Hg. Now close the 
coarse adjust valve, and observe the manometer to be certain that 
the system is leak-free. Wait a minimum of 2 minutes. If the 
pressure has increased less than 1 mm Hg, proceed as described 
below. If a leak is present, find and correct it before proceeding 
further.
    11.2 Record the vacuum pressure (Pv) to the nearest 1 
mm Hg, and close the reaction bulb stopcocks. Open the bag valve, 
and allow the system to come to atmospheric pressure. Close the bag 
valve, open the pump coarse adjust valve, and evacuate the system 
again. Repeat this fill/evacuation procedure at least twice to flush 
the manifold completely. Close the pump coarse adjust valve, open 
the bag valve, and let the system fill to atmospheric pressure. Open 
the stopcocks to the reaction bulbs, and let the entire system come 
to atmospheric pressure. Close the bulb stopcocks, remove the bulbs, 
record the room temperature and barometric pressure 
(Pbar, to nearest mm Hg), and place the bulbs on the 
shaker table with their main axis either parallel to or 
perpendicular to the plane of the table top. Purge the bulb-filling 
system with ambient air for several minutes between samples. Shake 
the samples for exactly 2 hours.
* * * * *
    12.3 CO Concentration in the Bag. Calculate Cb using 
Equations 10A-2 and 10A-3. If condensate is visible in the bag, 
calculate Bw using Table 10A-2 and the temperature and 
barometric pressure in the analysis room. If condensate is not 
visible, calculate Bw using the temperature and 
barometric pressure at the sampling site. * * *
* * * * *
    13.5 Stability. The individual components of the colorimetric 
reagent are stable for at least one month. The colorimetric reagent 
must be used within two days after preparation to avoid excessive 
blank correction. The samples in the bag should be stable for at 
least one week if the bags are leak-free.
* * * * *

Method 10B--Determination of Carbon Monoxide Emissions From Stationary 
Sources

* * * * *
    2.1 An integrated gas sample is extracted from the sampling 
point, passed through a conditioning system to remove interferences, 
and collected in a Tedlar or equivalent bag. (Verify through the 
manufacturer that the Tedlar alternative is suitable for NO and make 
this verifying information available for inspection.) The CO is 
separated from the sample by gas chromatography (GC) and 
catalytically reduced to methane (CH4) which is 
determined by flame ionization detection (FID). The analytical 
portion of this method is identical to applicable sections in Method 
25 detailing CO measurement.
* * * * *
    6.2.3 Sample Injection System. Same as in Method 25, Section 
6.3.1.4, equipped to accept a sample line from the bag.
* * * * *
    12.2 CO Concentration in the Bag. Calculate Cb using 
Equations 10B-1 and 10B-2. If condensate is visible in the bag, 
calculate Bw using Table 10A-2 of Method 10A and the 
temperature and barometric pressure in the analysis room. If 
condensate is not visible, calculate Bw using the 
temperature and barometric pressure at the sampling site.
* * * * *

0
26. Amend appendix A-5 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Method 11, sections 8.5 and 10.1.2.
0
b. Amend Method 12 as follows:
0
i. By revising section 16.1.
0
ii. By adding sections 16.4, 16.5, and 16.6.
0
c. By adding a sentence to the end of Method 14A, section 10.1.1.

Appendix A-5 to Part 60--Test Methods 11 Through 15A

* * * * *

Method 11--Determination of Hydrogen Sulfide Content of Fuel Gas 
Streams in Petroleum Refineries

* * * * *
    8.5 Sample for at least 10 minutes. At the end of the sampling 
time, close the sampling valve, and record the final volume and 
temperature readings. Conduct a leak-check as described in Section 
8.2. A yellow color in the final cadmium sulfate impinger indicates 
depletion of the absorbing solution. An additional cadmium sulfate 
impinger should be added for subsequent samples and the sample with 
yellow color in the final impinger should be voided.
* * * * *
    10.1.2 Temperature Sensors. Calibrate against mercury-in-glass 
thermometers. An alternative mercury-free thermometer may be used if 
the thermometer is at a minimum equivalent in terms of performance 
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement 
application.
* * * * *

Method 12--Determination of Inorganic Lead Emissions From Stationary 
Sources

* * * * *
    16.1 Simultaneous Determination of Particulate Matter and Lead 
Emissions. Method 12 may be used to simultaneously determine Pb 
provided:
    (1) Acetone is used to remove particulate from the probe and 
inside of the filter holder as specified by Method 5,
    (2) 0.1 N HNO3 is used in the impingers,
    (3) A glass fiber filter with a low Pb background is used, and
    (4) The entire train contents, including the impingers, are 
treated and analyzed for Pb as described in Sections 8.0 and 11.0 of 
this method.
* * * * *
    16.4 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry 
(ICP-AES) Analysis. ICP-AES may be used as an alternative to atomic 
absorption analysis provided the following conditions are met:
    16.4.1 Sample collection, sample preparation, and analytical 
preparation procedures are as defined in the method except as 
necessary for the ICP-AES application.
    16.4.2 The limit of quantitation for the ICP-AES must be 
demonstrated, and the sample concentrations reported should be no 
less than two times the limit of quantitation. The limit of 
quantitation is defined as ten times the standard deviation of the 
blank value. The standard deviation of the blank value is determined 
from the analysis of seven blanks. It has been reported that for 
mercury and those elements that form hydrides, a continuous-flow 
generator coupled to an ICP-AES offers detection limits comparable 
to cold vapor atomic absorption.
    16.5 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS) 
Analysis. ICP-MS may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption 
analysis.
    16.6 Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry (CVAFS) 
Analysis. CVAFS may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption 
analysis.
* * * * *

Method 14A--Determination of Total Fluoride Emissions From Selected 
Sources at Primary Aluminum Production Facilities

* * * * *
    10.1.1 * * * Allowable tolerances for Y and [Delta]H@ are given 
in Figure 5-5 of Method 5 of this appendix.
* * * * *

0
27. Amend appendix A-6 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Method 16A, section 1.2.
0
b. By revising Method 16C, sections 12.1 and 12.5.
0
c. By revising Method 18, sections 8.2.1.1.2, 8.2.1.4, 8.2.1.4.2, 
16.1.1.12, 16.1.3.2, and the headings of figures 18-3 and 18-10.
0
d. By redesignating section 8.2.1.5.2.3 as section 8.2.1.5.2.2.
0
e. By adding a new section 8.2.1.5.2.3.

[[Page 11267]]

Appendix A-6 to Part 60--Test Methods 16 Through 18

* * * * *

Method 16A--Determination of Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From 
Stationary Sources (Impinger Technique)

* * * * *
    1.2 Applicability. This method is applicable for the 
determination of TRS emissions from recovery boilers, lime kilns, 
and smelt dissolving tanks at kraft pulp mills, reduced sulfur 
compounds (H2S, carbonyl sulfide, and carbon disulfide) 
from sulfur recovery units at onshore natural gas processing 
facilities, and from other sources when specified in an applicable 
subpart of the regulations. The flue gas must contain at least 1 
percent oxygen for complete oxidation of all TRS to SO2. 
Note: If sources other than kraft pulp mills experience low oxygen 
levels in the emissions, the method results may be biased low.
* * * * *

Method 16C--Determination of Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From 
Stationary Sources

* * * * *
    12.1 Nomenclature.

ACE = Analyzer calibration error, percent of calibration span.
CD = Calibration drift, percent.
CDir = Measured concentration of a calibration gas (low, 
mid, or high) when introduced in direct calibration mode, ppmv.
CH2S = Concentration of the system performance check gas, 
ppmv H2S.
CS = Measured concentration of the system performance gas 
when introduced in system calibration mode, ppmv H2S.
CV = Manufacturer certified concentration of a 
calibration gas (low, mid, or high), ppmv SO2.
CSO2 = Unadjusted sample SO2 concentration, 
ppmv.
CTRS = Total reduced sulfur concentration corrected for 
system performance, ppmv.
DF = Dilution system (if used) dilution factor, dimensionless.
SP = System performance, percent.
* * * * *
    12.5 TRS Concentration as SO2. For each sample or 
test run, calculate the arithmetic average of SO2 
concentration values (e.g., 1-minute averages). Then calculate the 
sample TRS concentration by adjusting the average value of 
CSO2 for system performance using Equation 16C-4.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.016

* * * * *

Method 18--Measurement of Gaseous Organic Compound Emissions by Gas 
Chromatography

* * * * *
    8.2.1.1.2 Sampling Procedure. To obtain a sample, assemble the 
sample train as shown in Figure 18-9. Leak-check both the bag and 
the container. Connect the vacuum line from the needle valve to the 
Teflon sample line from the probe. Place the end of the probe at the 
centroid of the stack or at a point no closer to the walls than 1 
in., and start the pump. Set the flow rate so that the final volume 
of the sample is approximately 80 percent of the bag capacity. After 
allowing sufficient time to purge the line several times, connect 
the vacuum line to the bag, and evacuate until the rotameter 
indicates no flow. Then position the sample and vacuum lines for 
sampling, and begin the actual sampling, keeping the rate 
proportional to the stack velocity. As a precaution, direct the gas 
exiting the rotameter away from sampling personnel. At the end of 
the sample period, shut off the pump, disconnect the sample line 
from the bag, and disconnect the vacuum line from the bag container. 
Record the source temperature, barometric pressure, ambient 
temperature, sampling flow rate, and initial and final sampling time 
on the data sheet shown in Figure 18-10. Protect the bag and its 
container from sunlight. Record the time lapsed between sample 
collection and analysis, and then conduct the recovery procedure in 
Section 8.4.2.
* * * * *
    8.2.1.4 Other Modified Bag Sampling Procedures. In the event 
that condensation is observed in the bag while collecting the sample 
and a direct interface system cannot be used, heat the bag during 
collection and maintain it at a suitably elevated temperature during 
all subsequent operations. (Note: Take care to leak-check the system 
prior to the dilutions so as not to create a potentially explosive 
atmosphere.) As an alternative, collect the sample gas, and 
simultaneously dilute it in the bag.
* * * * *
    8.2.1.4.2 Second Alternative Procedure. Prefill the bag with a 
known quantity of inert gas. Meter the inert gas into the bag 
according to the procedure for the preparation of gas concentration 
standards of volatile liquid materials (Section 10.1.2.2), but 
eliminate the midget impinger section. Take the partly filled bag to 
the source, and meter the source gas into the bag through heated 
sampling lines and a heated flowmeter, or Teflon positive 
displacement pump. Verify the dilution factors before sampling each 
bag through dilution and analysis of gases of known concentration.
* * * * *
    8.2.1.5.2.3 Analyze the two field audit samples as described in 
Section 9.2 by connecting each bag containing an audit gas mixture 
to the sampling valve. Calculate the results; record and report the 
data to the audit supervisor.
* * * * *
    16.1.1.12 Flexible Bags. Tedlar or equivalent, 10- and 50-liter 
capacity, for preparation of standards. (Verify through the 
manufacturer that the Tedlar alternative is suitable for the 
compound of interest and make this verifying information available 
for inspection.)
* * * * *
    16.1.3.2 Flexible Bag Procedure. Any leak-free plastic (e.g., 
Tedlar, Mylar, Teflon) or plastic-coated aluminum (e.g., aluminized 
Mylar) bag, or equivalent, can be used to obtain the pre-survey 
sample. Use new bags, and leak-check them before field use. In 
addition, check the bag before use for contamination by filling it 
with nitrogen or air and analyzing the gas by GC at high 
sensitivity. Experience indicates that it is desirable to allow the 
inert gas to remain in the bag about 24 hours or longer to check for 
desorption of organics from the bag. Follow the leak-check and 
sample collection procedures given in Section 8.2.1.
* * * * *
    18.0 * * *

Figure 18-3. Preparation of Standards in Tedlar or Tedlar-Equlivalent 
Bags and Calibration Curve

* * * * *

Figure 18-10. Field Sample Data Sheet--Tedlar or Tedlar-Equivalent Bag 
Collection Method

* * * * *


0
28. Amend appendix A-7 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By amending Method 23 as follows:
0
i. By revising sections 2.2.7, 4.1.1.3, and 4.2.7.
0
ii. By adding and reserving section 8.0.
0
b. By revising Method 24, section 11.2.2.
0
c. By revising Method 25, section 7.1.3.
0
d. Amend Method 25C as follows:
0
i. By revising sections 6.1 and 12.1.
0
ii. By adding a new section 8.2.3.
0
e. By revising Method 25D, the first sentence in section 9.1.

Appendix A-7 to Part 60--Test Methods 19 Through 25E

* * * * *

Method 23--Determination of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and 
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans From Stationary Sources

* * * * *
    2.2.7 Storage Container. Air-tight container to store silica 
gel.
* * * * *
    4.1.1.3 Sample Train. It is suggested that all components be 
maintained according to the procedure described in APTD-0576. 
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the 
thermometers are, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance 
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement 
application.
* * * * *
    4.2.7 Silica Gel. Note the color of the indicating silica gel to 
determine if it has been completely spent and make a mention of its 
condition. Transfer the silica gel from the fifth impinger to its 
original container and seal. If a moisture determination is made, 
follow the applicable procedures in sections 8.7.6.3 and 11.2.3 of 
Method 5 to handle and weigh the silica gel. If moisture is not 
measured, the silica gel may be disposed.
* * * * *

[[Page 11268]]

8.0 [Reserved]

* * * * *

Method 24--Determination of Volatile Matter Content, Water Content, 
Density, Volume Solids, and Weight Solids of Surface Coatings

* * * * *
    11.2.2 Volatile Content. To determine total volatile content, 
use the apparatus and reagents described in ASTM D2369 (incorporated 
by reference; see Sec.  60.17 for the approved versions of the 
standard), respectively, and use the following procedures:
* * * * *

Method 25--Determination of Total Gaseous Nonmethane Organic Emissions 
as Carbon

* * * * *
    7.1.3 Filters. Glass fiber filters, without organic binder, 
exhibiting at least 99.95 percent efficiency (<0.05 percent 
penetration) on 0.3 micron dioctyl phthalate smoke particles. The 
filter efficiency test shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM 
Method D2986-71, 78, or 95a (incorporated by reference--see Sec.  
60.17). Test data from the supplier's quality control program are 
sufficient for this purpose.
* * * * *

Method 25C--Determination of Nonmethane Organic Compounds (NMOC) in MSW 
Landfill Gases

* * * * *
    6.1 Sample Probe. Stainless steel, with the bottom third 
perforated. Teflon probe liners and sampling lines are also allowed. 
Non-perforated probes are allowed as long as they are withdrawn to 
create a gap equivalent to having the bottom third perforated. The 
sample probe must be capped at the bottom and must have a threaded 
cap with a sampling attachment at the top. The sample probe must be 
long enough to go through and extend no less than 0.9 m (3 ft) below 
the landfill cover. If the sample probe is to be driven into the 
landfill, the bottom cap should be designed to facilitate driving 
the probe into the landfill.
* * * * *
    8.2.3 Driven Probes. Closed-point probes may be driven directly 
into the landfill in a single step. This method may not require 
backfilling if the probe is adequately sealed by its insertion. 
Unperforated probes that are inserted in this manner and withdrawn 
at a distance from a detachable tip to create an open space are also 
acceptable.
* * * * *
    12.1 Nomenclature.

Bw = Moisture content in the sample, fraction.
CN2 = Reported N2 concentration 
(CN2Corr by Method 3C), fraction.
Ct = Calculated NMOC concentration, ppmv C equivalent.
Ctm = Measured NMOC concentration, ppmv C equivalent.
Pb = Barometric pressure, mm Hg.
Pt = Gas sample tank pressure after sampling, but before 
pressurizing, mm Hg absolute.
Ptf = Final gas sample tank pressure after pressurizing, 
mm Hg absolute.
Pti = Gas sample tank pressure after evacuation, mm Hg 
absolute.
Pw = Vapor pressure of H2O (from Table 25C-1), 
mm Hg.
r = Total number of analyzer injections of sample tank during 
analysis (where j=injection number, 1 . . . r).
Tt = Sample tank temperature at completion of sampling, 
[deg]K.
Tti = Sample tank temperature before sampling, [deg]K.
Ttf = Sample tank temperature after pressurizing, [deg]K.
* * * * *

Method 25D--Determination of the Volatile Organic Concentration of 
Waste Samples

* * * * *
    9.1 Quality Control Samples. If audit samples are not available, 
prepare and analyze the two types of quality control samples (QCS) 
listed in Sections 9.1.1 and 9.1.2. * * *
* * * * *

0
29. Amend appendix A-8 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By amending Method 26 as follows:
0
i. By revising sections 6.1.1, 6.1.5, and 8.1.2.
0
ii. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0, 
respectively.
0
iii. By adding a new section 16.0.
0
b. By revising Method 26A, sections 6.1.7, 8.1.5, and 8.1.6.
0
c. By amending Method 29 as follows:
0
i. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0, 
respectively.
0
ii. By adding a new section 16.0.
0
d. By revising Method 30B, the introductory text to section 8.2.2.1, 
the note to section 8.2.4, the note to section 8.2.6.2, and sections 
9.0, 10.3, 10.4, 11.3.

Appendix A-8 to Part 60--Text Methods 26 Through 30B

* * * * *

Method 26--Determination of Hydrogen Halide and Halogen Emissions From 
Stationary Sources Non-Isokinetic Method

* * * * *
    6.1.1 Probe. Borosilicate glass, approximately 3/8-in. (9-mm) 
I.D. with a heating system capable of maintaining a probe gas 
temperature during sampling between 120 and 134 [deg]C (248 and 
273[emsp14] [deg]F) to prevent moisture condensation; or Teflon 
where stack probes are below 210 [deg]C. If HF is a target analyte, 
then preconditioning of new teflon components by heating should be 
considered to prevent potential HF outgassing. A Teflon-glass filter 
in a mat configuration should be installed to remove particulate 
matter from the gas stream.
* * * * *
    6.1.5 Heating System. Any heating system capable of maintaining 
a temperature around the probe and filter holder between 120 and 134 
[deg]C (248 and 273[emsp14] [deg]F) during sampling, or such other 
temperature as specified by an applicable subpart of the standards 
or approved by the Administrator for a particular application.
* * * * *
    8.1.2 Adjust the probe temperature and the temperature of the 
filter and the stopcock (i.e., the heated area in Figure 26-1) to a 
temperature sufficient to prevent water condensation. This 
temperature must be maintained between 120 and 134 [deg]C (248 and 
273 [deg]F). The temperature should be monitored throughout a 
sampling run to ensure that the desired temperature is maintained. 
It is important to maintain a temperature around the probe and 
filter in this range since it is extremely difficult to purge acid 
gases off these components. (These components are not quantitatively 
recovered and, hence, any collection of acid gases on these 
components would result in potential undereporting of these 
emissions. The applicable subparts may specify alternative higher 
temperatures.)
* * * * *

16.0 Alternative Procedures

    Method 26A. Method 26A, which uses isokinetic sampling 
equipment, is an acceptable alternative to Method 26.
* * * * *

Method 26A--Determination of Hydrogen Halide and Halogen Emissions From 
Stationary Sources--Isokinetic Method

* * * * *
    6.1.7 Heating System. Any heating system capable of maintaining 
a temperature around the probe and filter holder between 120 and 134 
[deg]C (248 to 273[emsp14] [deg]F) during sampling, or such other 
temperature as specified by an applicable subpart of the standards 
or approved by the Administrator for a particular application.
* * * * *
    8.1.5 Sampling Train Operation. Follow the general procedure 
given in Method 5, Section 8.5. It is important to maintain a 
temperature around the probe, filter (and cyclone, if used) between 
120 and 134 [deg]C (248 and 273 [deg]F) since it is extremely 
difficult to purge acid gases off these components. (These 
components are not quantitatively recovered and hence any collection 
of acid gases on these components would result in potential 
undereporting these emissions. The applicable subparts may specify 
alternative higher temperatures.) For each run, record the data 
required on a data sheet such as the one shown in Method 5, Figure 
5-3. If the condensate impinger becomes too full, it may be emptied, 
recharged with 50 ml of 0.1 N H2SO4, and replaced during the sample 
run. The condensate emptied must be saved and included in the 
measurement of the volume of moisture collected and included in the 
sample for analysis. The additional 50 ml of absorbing reagent must 
also be considered in calculating the moisture. Before the sampling 
train integrity is compromised by removing the impinger, conduct a 
leak-check as described in Method 5, Section 8.4.2.
    8.1.6 Post-Test Moisture Removal (Optional). When the optional 
cyclone is included in the sampling train or when

[[Page 11269]]

liquid is visible on the filter at the end of a sample run even in 
the absence of a cyclone, perform the following procedure. Upon 
completion of the test run, connect the ambient air conditioning 
tube at the probe inlet and operate the train with the filter 
heating system between 120 and 134 [deg]C (248 and 275 [deg]F) at a 
low flow rate (e.g., [Delta]H = 1 in. H2O) to vaporize 
any liquid and hydrogen halides in the cyclone or on the filter and 
pull them through the train into the impingers. After 30 minutes, 
turn off the flow, remove the conditioning tube, and examine the 
cyclone and filter for any visible liquid. If liquid is visible, 
repeat this step for 15 minutes and observe again. Keep repeating 
until the cyclone is dry.
* * * * *

Method 29--Determination of Metals Emissions From Stationary Sources

* * * * *

16.0 Alternative Procedures

    16.1 Alternative Analyzer. Samples may also be analyzed by cold 
vapor atomic fluorescence spectrometry.
    16.2 [Reserved].
* * * * *

Method 30B--Determination of Total Vapor Phase Mercury Emissions From 
Coal-Fired Combustion Sources Using Carbon Sorbent Traps

* * * * *
    8.2.2.1 Determination of Minimum Calibration Concentration or 
Mass. Based on your instrument's sensitivity and linearity, 
determine the calibration concentrations or masses that make up a 
representative low level calibration range. Verify that you are able 
to meet the multipoint calibration performance criteria in section 
11.0 of this method. Select a calibration concentration or mass that 
is no less than 2 times the lowest concentration or mass in your 
calibration curve. The lowest point in your calibration curve must 
be at least 5, and preferably 10, times the Method Detection Limit 
(MDL), which is the minimum amount of the analyte that can be 
detected and reported. The MDL must be determined at least once for 
the analytical system using an MDL study such as that found in 
section 15.0 to Method 301 of appendix A to part 63 of this chapter.
* * * * *
    8.2.4 * * *
    Note to Section 8.2.4: For the purposes of relative accuracy 
testing of Hg monitoring systems under subpart UUUUU of part 63 of 
this chapter and Performance Specifications 12A and 12B in appendix 
B to this part, when the stack gas Hg concentration is expected to 
be very low (<0.5 [mu]g/dscm), you may estimate the Hg concentration 
at 0.5 [mu]g/dscm.
* * * * *
    8.2.6.2 * * *
    Note to Section 8.2.6.2: It is acceptable to perform the field 
recovery test concurrent with actual test runs (e.g., through the 
use of a quad probe). It is also acceptable to use the field 
recovery test runs as test runs for emissions testing or for the 
RATA of a Hg monitoring system under subpart UUUUU of part 63 of 
this chapter and Performance Specifications 12A and 12B in appendix 
B to this part, if certain conditions are met. To determine whether 
a particular field recovery test run may be used as a RATA run, 
subtract the mass of the Hg\0\ spike from the total Hg mass 
collected in sections 1 and 2 of the spiked trap. The difference 
represents the mass of Hg in the stack gas sample. Divide this mass 
by the sample volume to obtain the Hg concentration in the effluent 
gas stream, as measured with the spiked trap. Compare this 
concentration to the corresponding Hg concentration measured with 
the unspiked trap. If the paired trains meet the relative deviation 
and other applicable data validation criteria in Table 9-1, then the 
average of the two Hg concentrations may be used as an emissions 
test run value or as the reference method value for a RATA run.
* * * * *

9.0 Quality Assurance and Quality Control

    Table 9-1 summarizes the QA/QC performance criteria that are 
used to validate the Hg emissions data from Method 30B sorbent trap 
measurement systems.

                      Table 9-1--Quality Assurance/Quality Control Criteria for Method 30B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     QA/QC test or specification         Acceptance criteria           Frequency         Consequences if not met
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas flow meter calibration (At 3       Calibration factor (Yi)  Prior to initial use     Recalibrate at 3 points
 settings or points).                   at each flow rate must   and when post-test       until the acceptance
                                        be within 2% of the          5% of Y.
                                        average value (Y).
Gas flow meter post-test calibration   Calibration factor (Yi)  After each field test.   Recalibrate gas flow
 check (Single-point).                  must be within 5% of the Y        must be done on-site,    determine a new value
                                        value from the most      using stack gas.         of Y. For mass flow
                                        recent 3-point                                    meters, must be done
                                        calibration.                                      on-site, using stack
                                                                                          gas. Apply the new Y
                                                                                          value to the field
                                                                                          test data.
Temperature sensor calibration.......  Absolute temperature     Prior to initial use     Recalibrate; sensor may
                                        measures by sensor       and before each test     not be used until
                                        within 1.5% of a
                                        reference sensor.
Barometer calibration................  Absolute pressure        Prior to initial use     Recalibrate; instrument
                                        measured by instrument   and before each test     may not be used until
                                        within 10    thereafter.              specification is met.
                                        mm Hg of reading with
                                        a mercury barometer or
                                        NIST traceable
                                        barometer.
Pre-test leak check..................  <=4% of target sampling  Prior to sampling......  Sampling shall not
                                        rate.                                             commence until the
                                                                                          leak check is passed.
Post-test leak check.................  <=4% of average          After sampling.........  Sample invalidated.*
                                        sampling rate.
Analytical matrix interference test    Establish minimum        Prior to analyzing any   Field sample results
 (wet chemical analysis, only).         dilution (if any)        field samples; repeat    not validated.
                                        needed to eliminate      for each type of
                                        sorbent matrix           sorbent used.
                                        interferences.
Analytical bias test.................  Average recovery         Prior to analyzing       Field samples shall not
                                        between 90% and 110%     field samples and        be analyzed until the
                                        for Hg\0\ and HgCl2 at   prior to use of new      percent recovery
                                        each of the 2 spike      sorbent media.           criteria has been met.
                                        concentration levels.
Multipoint analyzer calibration......  Each analyzer reading    On the day of analysis,  Recalibrate until
                                        within 10%   before analyzing any     successful.
                                        of true value and        samples.
                                        r\2\>=0.99.
Analysis of independent calibration    Within 10%   Following daily          Recalibrate and repeat
 standard.                              of true value.           calibration, prior to    independent standard
                                                                 analyzing field          analysis until
                                                                 samples.                 successful.

[[Page 11270]]

 
Analysis of continuing calibration     Within 10%   Following daily          Recalibrate and repeat
 verification standard (CCVS).          of true value.           calibration, after       independent standard
                                                                 analyzing <=10 field     analysis, reanalyze
                                                                 samples, and at end of   samples until
                                                                 each set of analyses.    successful, if
                                                                                          possible; for
                                                                                          destructive
                                                                                          techniques, samples
                                                                                          invalidated.
Test run total sample volume.........  Within 20%   Each individual sample.  Sample invalidated.
                                        of total volume
                                        sampled during field
                                        recovery test.
Sorbent trap section 2 breakthrough..  For compliance/          Every sample...........  Sample invalidated.*
                                        emissions testing:
                                       <=10% of section 1 Hg
                                        mass for Hg
                                        concentrations >1
                                        [mu]g/dscm;
                                          <=20% of section 1
                                           Hg mass for Hg
                                           concentrations <=1
                                           [mu]g/dscm.
                                          <=50% of section 1
                                           Hg mass if the
                                           stack Hg
                                           concentration is
                                           <=30% of the Hg
                                           concentration that
                                           is equivalent to
                                           the applicable
                                           emission limit.
                                       For relative accuracy
                                        testing:
                                       <=10% of section 1 Hg
                                        mass for Hg
                                        concentrations >1
                                        [mu]g/dscm;
                                       <=20% of section 1 Hg
                                        mass for Hg
                                        concentrations <=1
                                        [mu]g/dscm and >0.5
                                        [mu]g/dscm;
                                       <=50% of section 1 Hg
                                        mass for Hg
                                        concentrations <=0.5
                                        [mu]g/dscm >0.1 [mu]g/
                                        dscm;
                                          no criterion for Hg
                                           concentrations
                                           <=0.1 [mu]g/dscm
                                           (must meet all
                                           other QA/QC
                                           specifications).
Paired sorbent trap agreement........  <=10% Relative           Every run..............  Run invalidated.*
                                        Deviation (RD) mass
                                        for Hg concentrations
                                        >1 [mu]g/dscm;
                                       <=20% RD or <=0.2 [mu]g/
                                        dscm absolute
                                        difference for Hg
                                        concentrations <=1
                                        [mu]g/dscm.
Sample analysis......................  Within valid             All Section 1 samples    Reanalyze at more
                                        calibration range        where stack Hg           concentrated level if
                                        (within calibration      concentration is         possible, samples
                                        curve).                  >=0.02 [mu]g/dscm        invalidated if not
                                                                 except in case where     within calibrated
                                                                 stack Hg concentration   range.
                                                                 is <=30% of the
                                                                 applicable emission
                                                                 limit.
Sample analysis......................  Within bounds of Hg\0\   All Section 1 samples    Expand bounds of Hg\0\
                                        and HgCl2 Analytical     where stack Hg           and HgCl2 Analytical
                                        Bias Test.               concentration is >=0.5   Bias Test; if not
                                                                 [mu]g/dscm.              successful, samples
                                                                                          invalidated.
Field recovery test..................  Average recovery         Once per field test....  Field sample runs not
                                        between 85% and 115%                              validated without
                                        for Hg\0\.                                        successful field
                                                                                          recovery test.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* And data from the pair of sorbent traps are also invalidated.

* * * * *
    10.3 Thermocouples and Other Temperature Sensors. Use the 
procedures and criteria in Section 10.3 of Method 2 in appendix A-1 
to this part to calibrate in-stack temperature sensors and 
thermocouples. Dial thermometers shall be calibrated against 
mercury-in-glass thermometers or equivalent. Calibrations must be 
performed prior to initial use and before each field test 
thereafter. At each calibration point, the absolute temperature 
measured by the temperature sensor must agree to within 1.5 percent of the temperature measured with the reference 
sensor, otherwise the sensor may not continue to be used.
    10.4 Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer or other 
NIST-traceable barometer as per Section 10.6 of Method 5 in appendix 
A-3 to this part. Calibration must be performed prior to initial use 
and before each test program, and the absolute pressure measured by 
the barometer must agree to within 10 mm Hg of the 
pressure measured by the mercury or other NIST-traceable barometer, 
otherwise the barometer may not continue to be used.
* * * * *
    11.3 Field Sample Analyses. Analyze the sorbent trap samples 
following the same procedures that were used for conducting the 
Hg\0\ and HgCl2 analytical bias tests. The individual 
sections of the sorbent trap and their respective components must be 
analyzed separately (i.e., section 1 and its components, then 
section 2 and its components). All sorbent trap section 1 sample 
analyses must be within the

[[Page 11271]]

calibrated range of the analytical system as specified in Table 9-1. 
For wet analyses, the sample can simply be diluted to fall within 
the calibrated range. However, for the destructive thermal analyses, 
samples that are not within the calibrated range cannot be re-
analyzed. As a result, the sample cannot be validated, and another 
sample must be collected. It is strongly suggested that the 
analytical system be calibrated over multiple ranges so that 
thermally analyzed samples fall within the calibrated range. The 
total mass of Hg measured in each sorbent trap section 1 must also 
fall within the lower and upper mass limits established during the 
initial Hg\0\ and HgCl2 analytical bias test. If a sample 
is analyzed and found to fall outside of these limits, it is 
acceptable for an additional Hg\0\ and HgCl2 analytical 
bias test to be performed that now includes this level. However, 
some samples (e.g., the mass collected in trap section 2), may have 
Hg levels so low that it may not be possible to quantify them in the 
analytical system's calibrated range. Because a reliable estimate of 
these low-level Hg measurements is necessary to fully validate the 
emissions data, the MDL (see section 8.2.2.1 of this method) is used 
to establish the minimum amount that can be detected and reported. 
If the measured mass or concentration is below the lowest point in 
the calibration curve and above the MDL, the analyst must estimate 
the mass or concentration of the sample based on the analytical 
instrument response relative to an additional calibration standard 
at a concentration or mass between the MDL and the lowest point in 
the calibration curve. This is accomplished by establishing a 
response factor (e.g., area counts per Hg mass or concentration) and 
estimating the amount of Hg present in the sample based on the 
analytical response and this response factor.
    Example: The analysis of a particular sample results in a 
measured mass above the MDL, but below the lowest point in the 
calibration curve which is 10 ng. An MDL of 1.3 ng Hg has been 
established by the MDL study. A calibration standard containing 5 ng 
of Hg is analyzed and gives an analytical response of 6,170 area 
counts, which equates to a response factor of 1,234 area counts/ng 
Hg. The analytical response for the sample is 4,840 area counts. 
Dividing the analytical response for the sample (4,840 area counts) 
by the response factor gives 3.9 ng Hg, which is the estimated mass 
of Hg in the sample.
* * * * *


0
30. Amend appendix B to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Performance Specification 3, section 13.2.
0
b. By revising Performance Specification 4, section 8.2.
0
c. By revising Performance Specification 4B, section 7.1.1.
0
d. By amending Performance Specification 7 as follows:
0
i. By revising section 8.4.
0
ii. By adding reference 5. to section 16.0.
0
e. By revising Performance Specification 11, sections 12.1(1) and (2).
0
f. By revising Performance Specification 12B, table 12B-1 in section 
9.0 and section 12.8.3.
0
g. By revising Performance Specification 15, sections 11.1.1.4.2 and 
11.1.1.4.3.
0
h. By revising Performance Specification 16, sections 6.1.7, 8.2.1, 
9.1, 9.3, 9.4, 12.4, and 13.5.

Appendix B to Part 60--Performance Specifications

* * * * *

Performance Specification 3--Specifications and Test Procedures for 
O2 and CO2 Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems 
in Stationary Sources

* * * * *
    13.2 CEMS Relative Accuracy Performance Specification. The RA of 
the CEMS must be no greater than 20 percent of the mean value of the 
reference method (RM) data. The results are also acceptable if the 
absolute value of the difference between the mean RM value and the 
mean CEMS value is less than or equal to 1.0 percent O2 
(or CO2).
* * * * *

Performance Specification 4--Specifications and Test Procedures for 
Carbon Monoxide Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems in Stationary 
Sources

* * * * *
    8.2 Reference Methods. Unless otherwise specified in an 
applicable subpart of the regulation, Method 10, 10A, 10B or other 
approved alternative are the RM for this PS.
* * * * *

Performance Specification 4B--Specifications and Test Procedures for 
Carbon Monoxide and Oxygen Continuous Monitoring Systems in Stationary 
Sources

* * * * *
    7.1.1 Calculations. Summarize the results on a data sheet. 
Average the differences between the instrument response and the 
certified cylinder gas value for each gas. Calculate the CE results 
for the CO monitor according to:

CE = [bond] d/FS [bond] x 100 (1)

Where d is the mean difference between the CEMS response and the 
known reference concentration, and FS is the span value. The CE for 
the O2 monitor is the average percent O2 
difference between the O2 monitor and the certified 
cylinder gas value for each gas.
* * * * *

Performance Specification 7--Specifications and Test Procedures for 
Hydrogen Sulfide Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems in Stationary 
Sources

* * * * *
    8.4 Relative Accuracy Test Procedure.
    8.4.1 Sampling Strategy for RM Tests, Number of RM Tests, 
Correlation of RM and CEMS Data, and Calculations. These are the 
same as that in PS-2, Sections 8.4.3 (except as specified below), 
8.4.4, 8.4.5, and 8.4.6, respectively.
    8.4.2 Reference Methods. Unless otherwise specified in an 
applicable subpart of the regulation, Methods 11, 15, and 16 may be 
used for the RM for this PS.
    8.4.2.1 Sampling Time Per Run--Method 11. A sampling run, when 
Method 11 (integrated sampling) is used, shall consist of a single 
measurement for at least 10 minutes and 0.010 dscm (0.35 dscf). Each 
sample shall be taken at approximately 30-minute intervals.
    8.4.2.2 Sampling Time Per Run--Methods 15 and 16. The sampling 
run shall consist of two injections equally spaced over a 30-minute 
period following the procedures described in the particular method. 
Note: Caution! Heater or non-approved electrical probes should not 
be used around explosive or flammable sources.
* * * * *
    16.0 * * *
    5. Letter to RAMCON Environmental Corp. from Robert Kellam, 
December 27, 1992.
* * * * *

Performance Specification 11-- Specifications and Test Procedures for 
Particulate Matter Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems at Stationary 
Sources

* * * * *
    12.1 * * *
    (1) Calculate the upscale drift (UD) using Equation 11-1:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.017
    
Where:

UD = The upscale (high-level) drift of your PM CEMS in percent,
RCEM = The measured PM CEMS response to the upscale 
reference standard, and
RU = The pre-established numerical value of the upscale 
reference standard.
FS= Full-scale value.
(2) Calculate the zero drift (ZD) using Equation 11-2:

[[Page 11272]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.018

Where:

ZD = The zero (low-level) drift of your PM CEMS in percent,
RCEM = The measured PM CEMS response to the zero 
reference standard,
RL = The pre-established numerical value of the zero 
reference standard, and
FS = Full-scale value.
* * * * *

Performance Specification 12B--Specifications and Test Procedures for 
Monitoring Total Vapor Phase Mercury Emissions from Stationary Sources 
Using a Sorbent Trap Monitoring System

* * * * *
    9.0 * * *

                         Table 12B-1--QA/QC Criteria for Sorbent Trap Monitoring Systems
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     QA/QC test or  specification        Acceptance criteria           Frequency         Consequences if not met
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-test leak check..................  <=4% of target sampling  Prior to monitoring....  Monitoring must not
                                        rate.                                             commence until the
                                                                                          leak check is passed.
Post-test leak check.................  <=4% of average          After monitoring.......  Invalidate the data
                                        sampling rate.                                    from the paired traps
                                                                                          or, if certain
                                                                                          conditions are met,
                                                                                          report adjusted data
                                                                                          from a single trap
                                                                                          (see Section 12.8.3).
Ratio of stack gas flow rate to        No more than 5% of the   Every hour throughout    Invalidate the data
 sample flow rate.                      hourly ratios or 5       monitoring period.       from the paired traps
                                        hourly ratios                                     or, if certain
                                        (whichever is less                                conditions are met,
                                        restrictive) may                                  report adjusted data
                                        deviate from the                                  from a single trap
                                        reference ratio by                                (see Section 12.8.3).
                                        more than 25%.
Sorbent trap section 2 breakthrough..  <=5% of Section 1 Hg     Every sample...........  Invalidate the data
                                        mass.                                             from the paired traps
                                       <=10% of Section 1 Hg                              or, if certain
                                        mass if average Hg                                conditions are met,
                                        concentration is <=0.5                            report adjusted data
                                        [micro]g/scm.                                     from a single trap
                                                                                          (see Section 12.8.3).
                                       No criterion when Hg
                                        concentration for trap
                                        less than 10% of the
                                        applicable emission
                                        limit (must meet all
                                        other QA/QC
                                        specifications).
Paired sorbent trap agreement........  <=10% Relative           Every sample...........  Either invalidate the
                                        Deviation (RD) if the                             data from the paired
                                        average concentration                             traps or report the
                                        is > 1.0 [micro]g/m\3\.                           results from the trap
                                       <=20% RD if the average                            with the higher Hg
                                        concentration is <=1.0                            concentration.
                                        [micro]g/m\3\.
                                       Results also acceptable
                                        if absolute difference
                                        between concentrations
                                        from paired traps is
                                        <= 0.03 [micro]g/m\3\.
Spike Recovery Study.................  Average recovery         Prior to analyzing       Field samples must not
                                        between 85% and 115%     field samples and        be analyzed until the
                                        for each of the 3        prior to use of new      percent recovery
                                        spike concentration      sorbent media.           criteria have been
                                        levels.                                           met.
Multipoint analyzer calibration......  Each analyzer reading    On the day of analysis,  Recalibrate until
                                        within       before analyzing any     successful.
                                        10% of true value and    samples.
                                        r\2\ >= 0.99.
Analysis of independent calibration    Within  10%  Following daily          Recalibrate and repeat
 standard.                              of true value.           calibration, prior to    independent standard
                                                                 analyzing field          analysis until
                                                                 samples.                 successful.
Spike recovery from section 3 of both  75-125% of spike amount  Every sample...........  Invalidate the data
 sorbent traps.                                                                           from the paired traps
                                                                                          or, if certain
                                                                                          conditions are met,
                                                                                          report adjusted data
                                                                                          from a single trap
                                                                                          (see Section 12.8.3).
Relative Accuracy....................  RA <= 20.0% of RM mean   RA specification must    Data from the system
                                        value; or if RM mean     be met for initial       are invalid until a RA
                                        value <=5.0 [micro]g/    certification.           test is passed.
                                        scm, absolute
                                        difference between RM
                                        and sorbent trap
                                        monitoring system mean
                                        values <=1.0 [micro]g/
                                        scm.

[[Page 11273]]

 
Gas flow meter calibration...........  An initial calibration   At 3 settings prior to   Recalibrate meter at 3
                                        factor (Y) has been      initial use and at       settings to determine
                                        determined at 3          least quarterly at one   a new value of Y.
                                        settings; for mass       setting thereafter.
                                        flow meters, initial
                                        calibration with stack
                                        gas has been
                                        performed. For
                                        subsequent
                                        calibrations, Y within
                                        5% of
                                        average value from the
                                        most recent 3-point
                                        calibration.
Temperature sensor calibration.......  Absolute temperature     Prior to initial use     Recalibrate; sensor may
                                        measured by sensor       and at least quarterly   not be used until
                                        within       thereafter.              specification is met.
                                        1.5% of a reference
                                        sensor.
Barometer calibration................  Absolute pressure        Prior to initial use     Recalibrate; instrument
                                        measured by instrument   and at least quarterly   may not be used until
                                        within  10   thereafter.              specification is met.
                                        mm Hg of reading with
                                        a NIST-traceable
                                        barometer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *
    12.8.3 For the routine, day-to-day operation of the monitoring 
system, when one of the two sorbent trap samples or sampling systems 
either: (a) Fails the post-monitoring leak check; or (b) has 
excessive section 2 breakthrough; or (c) fails to maintain the 
proper stack flow-to-sample flow ratio; or (d) fails to achieve the 
required section 3 spike recovery; or (e) is lost, broken, or 
damaged, provided that the other trap meets the acceptance criteria 
for all four of these QC specifications, the Hg concentration 
measured by the valid trap may be multiplied by a factor of 1.111 
and then used for reporting purposes. Further, if both traps meet 
the acceptance criteria for all four of these QC specifications, but 
the acceptance criterion for paired trap agreement is not met, the 
owner or operator may report the higher of the two Hg concentrations 
measured by the traps, in lieu of invalidating the data from the 
paired traps.
* * * * *

Performance Specification 15--Performance Specification for Extractive 
FTIR Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems in Stationary Sources

* * * * *
    11.1.1.4.2 RMs Using a Grab Sampling Technique. Synchronize the 
RM and FTIR CEM measurements as closely as possible. For a grab 
sampling RM, record the volume collected and the exact sampling 
period for each sample. Synchronize the FTIR CEM so that the FTIR 
measures a spectrum of a similar cell volume at the same time as the 
RM grab sample was collected. Measure at least five independent 
samples with both the FTIR CEM and the RM for each of the minimum 
nine runs. Compare the run concentration averages by using the 
relative accuracy analysis procedure in Performance Specification 2 
of appendix B of 40 CFR part 60.
    11.1.1.4.3 Continuous Emission Monitors as RMs. If the RM is a 
CEM, synchronize the sampling flow rates of the RM and the FTIR CEM. 
Each run is at least 1 hour long and consists of at least 10 FTIR 
CEM measurements and the corresponding 10 RM measurements (or 
averages). For the statistical comparison, use the relative accuracy 
analysis procedure in Performance Specification 2 of appendix B of 
40 CFR part 60. If the RM time constant is < \1/2\ the FTIR CEM time 
constant, brief fluctuations in analyte concentrations that are not 
adequately measured with the slower FTIR CEM time constant can be 
excluded from the run average along with the corresponding RM 
measurements. However, the FTIR CEM run average must still include 
at least 10 measurements over a 1-hour period.
* * * * *

Performance Specification 16--Specifications and Test Procedures for 
Predictive Emission Monitoring Systems in Stationary Sources

* * * * *
    6.1.7 Sensor Location and Repair. We recommend you install 
sensors in an accessible location in order to perform repairs and 
replacements. Permanently-installed platforms or ladders may not be 
needed. If you install sensors in an area that is not accessible, 
you may be required to shut down the emissions unit to repair or 
replace a sensor. Conduct a new RATA after replacing a sensor that 
supplies a critical PEMS parameter if the new sensor provides a 
different output or scaling or changes the historical training 
dataset of the PEMS. Replacement of a non-critical sensor that does 
not cause an impact in the accuracy of the PEMS does not trigger a 
RATA. All sensors must be calibrated as often as needed but at least 
as often as recommended by the manufacturers.
* * * * *
    8.2.1 Reference Methods. Unless otherwise specified in the 
applicable regulations, you must use the test methods in appendix A 
of this part for the RM test. Conduct the RM tests at three 
operating levels. The RM tests shall be performed at a low-load (or 
production) level between the minimum safe, stable load and 50 
percent of the maximum level load, at the mid-load level (an 
intermediary level between the low and high levels), and at a high-
load level between 80 percent and the maximum load. Alternatively, 
if practicable, you may test at three levels of the key operating 
parameter (e.g. selected based on a covariance analysis between each 
parameter and the PEMS output) equally spaced within the normal 
range of the parameter.
* * * * *
    9.1 QA/QC Summary. Conduct the applicable ongoing tests listed 
below.

                                         Ongoing Quality Assurance Tests
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           PEMS regulatory
                 Test                          purpose               Acceptability              Frequency
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sensor Evaluation....................  All....................  .......................  Daily.
RAA..................................  Compliance.............  3-test avg <=10% of      Each quarter except
                                                                 simultaneous analyzer    quarter when RATA
                                                                 or RM average.           performed.
RATA.................................  All....................  Same as for RA in Sec.   Yearly in quarter when
                                                                 13.1.                    RAA not performed.
Bias Correction......................  All....................  If davg <=               Bias test passed (no
                                                                 [bond]cc[bond].          correction factor
                                                                                          needed).
PEMS Training........................  All....................  If Fcritical >=F.......  Optional after initial
                                                                r >=0.8................   and subsequent RATAs.

[[Page 11274]]

 
Sensor Evaluation Alert Test           All....................  See Section 6.1.8......  After each PEMS
 (optional).                                                                              training.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* * * * *
    9.3 Quarterly Relative Accuracy Audits. In the first year of 
operation after the initial certification, perform a RAA consisting 
of at least three 30-minute portable analyzer or RM determinations 
each quarter a RATA is not performed. To conduct a RAA, follow the 
procedures in Section 8.2 for the relative accuracy test, except 
that only three sets of measurement data are required, and the 
statistical tests are not required. The average of the three or more 
portable analyzer or RM determinations must not exceed the limits 
given in Section 13.5. Report the data from all sets of measurement 
data. If a PEMS passes all quarterly RAAs in the first year and also 
passes the subsequent yearly RATA in the second year, you may elect 
to perform a single mid-year RAA in the second year in place of the 
quarterly RAAs. This option may be repeated, but only until the PEMS 
fails either a mid-year RAA or a yearly RATA. When such a failure 
occurs, you must resume quarterly RAAs in the quarter following the 
failure and continue conducting quarterly RAAs until the PEMS 
successfully passes both a year of quarterly RAAs and a subsequent 
RATA.
    9.4 Yearly Relative Accuracy Test. Perform a minimum 9-run RATA 
at the normal operating level on a yearly basis in the quarter that 
the RAA is not performed. The statistical tests in Section 8.3 are 
not required for the yearly RATA.
* * * * *
    12.4 Relative Accuracy Audit. Calculate the quarterly RAA using 
Equation 16-9.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.019

* * * * *
    13.5 Relative Accuracy Audits. The average of the three portable 
analyzer or RM determinations must not differ from the simultaneous 
PEMS average value by more than 10 percent of the analyzer or RM for 
concentrations greater than 100 ppm or 20 percent for concentrations 
between 100 and 20 ppm, or the test is failed. For measurements at 
20 ppm or less, this difference must not exceed 2 ppm for a 
pollutant PEMS and 1 percent absolute for a diluents PEMS.
* * * * *

0
31. Amend appendix F to Part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Procedure 1, section 6.2.
0
b. By revising Procedure 2, paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 12.0.
0
c. By redesignating the second listing of section 6.2.6 as section 
6.2.7 in Procedure 5.

Appendix F to Part 60--Quality Assurance Procedures

* * * * *

Procedure 1--Quality Assurance Requirements for Gas Continuous Emission 
Monitoring Systems Used for Compliance Determination

* * * * *
    6.2 RAA Accuracy Calculation. Use the calculation procedure in 
the relevant performance specification to calculate the accuracy for 
the RAA. The RAA must be calculated in the units of the applicable 
emission standard.
* * * * *

Procedure 2--Quality Assurance Requirements for Particulate Matter 
Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems at Stationary Sources

* * * * *

12.0 What calculations and data analysis must I perform for my PM 
CEMS?

* * * * *
    (3) How do I calculate daily upscale and zero drift? You must 
calculate the upscale drift using Equation 2-2 and the zero drift 
using Equation 2-3:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.021

Where:

UD = The upscale drift of your PM CEMS, in percent,
RCEM = Your PM CEMS response to the upscale check value, 
and
RU = The upscale check value.
FS = Full-scale value.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.022

Where:

ZD = The zero (low-level) drift of your PM CEMS, in percent,
RCEM = Your PM CEMS response of the zero check value,
RL = The zero check value.
    (4) How do I calculate SVA accuracy? You must use Equation 2-4 
to calculate the accuracy, in percent, for each of the three SVA 
tests or the daily sample volume check:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.023


[[Page 11275]]


Where:

VM = Sample gas volume determined/reported by your PM 
CEMS (e.g., dscm),
VR = Sample gas volume measured by the independent 
calibrated reference device (e.g., dscm) for the SVA or the 
reference value for the daily sample volume check.

    Note: Before calculating SVA accuracy, you must correct the 
sample gas volumes measured by your PM CEMS and the independent 
calibrated reference device to the same basis of temperature, 
pressure, and moisture content. You must document all data and 
calculations.

* * * * *

PART 61--NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS

0
32. The authority citation for part 61 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, et seq.

Subpart A--[Amended]

0
33. Amend Sec.  61.13 by revising paragraph (e)(1)(i) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  61.13  Emission tests and waiver of emission tests.

* * * * *
    (e) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (i) The source owner, operator, or representative of the tested 
facility shall obtain an audit sample, if commercially available, from 
an AASP for each test method used for regulatory compliance purposes. 
No audit samples are required for the following test methods: Methods 
3A and 3C of appendix A-3 of part 60; Methods 6C, 7E, 9, and 10 of 
appendix A-4 of part 60; Method 18 and 19 of appendix A-6 of part 60; 
Methods 20, 22, and 25A of appendix A-7 of part 60; and Methods 303, 
318, 320, and 321 of appendix A of part 63. If multiple sources at a 
single facility are tested during a compliance test event, only one 
audit sample is required for each method used during a compliance test. 
The compliance authority responsible for the compliance test may waive 
the requirement to include an audit sample if they believe that an 
audit sample is not necessary. ``Commercially available'' means that 
two or more independent AASPs have blind audit samples available for 
purchase. If the source owner, operator, or representative cannot find 
an audit sample for a specific method, the owner, operator, or 
representative shall consult the EPA Web site at the following URL, 
www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm whether there is a source that can 
supply an audit sample for that method. If the EPA Web site does not 
list an available audit sample at least 60 days prior to the beginning 
of the compliance test, the source owner, operator, or representative 
shall not be required to include an audit sample as part of the quality 
assurance program for the compliance test. When ordering an audit 
sample, the source owner, operator, or representative shall give the 
sample provider an estimate for the concentration of each pollutant 
that is emitted by the source or the estimated concentration of each 
pollutant based on the permitted level and the name, address, and phone 
number of the compliance authority. The source owner, operator, or 
representative shall report the results for the audit sample along with 
a summary of the emission test results for the audited pollutant to the 
compliance authority and shall report the results of the audit sample 
to the AASP. The source owner, operator, or representative shall make 
both reports at the same time and in the same manner or shall report to 
the compliance authority first and report to the AASP. If the method 
being audited is a method that allows the samples to be analyzed in the 
field and the tester plans to analyze the samples in the field, the 
tester may analyze the audit samples prior to collecting the emission 
samples provided a representative of the compliance authority is 
present at the testing site. The tester may request, and the compliance 
authority may grant, a waiver to the requirement that a representative 
of the compliance authority must be present at the testing site during 
the field analysis of an audit sample. The source owner, operator, or 
representative may report the results of the audit sample to the 
compliance authority and then report the results of the audit sample to 
the AASP prior to collecting any emission samples. The test protocol 
and final test report shall document whether an audit sample was 
ordered and utilized and the pass/fail results as applicable.
* * * * *

Subpart C--[Amended]

0
34. Amend Sec.  61.33 by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:


Sec.  61.33  Stack sampling.

    (a) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under Sec.  
61.13, each owner or operator required to comply with Sec.  61.32(a) 
shall test emissions from the source according to Method 104 of 
appendix B to this part or according to Method 29 of appendix A to part 
60. Method 103 of appendix B to this part is approved by the 
Administrator as an alternative method for sources subject to Sec.  
61.32(a). The emission test shall be performed:
    (1) By May 28, 2014 in the case of an existing source or a new 
source which has an initial startup date preceding February 27, 2014; 
or
    (2) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which did 
not have an initial startup date preceding February 27, 2014.
* * * * *

Subpart D--[Amended]

0
35. Amend Sec.  61.42 by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:


Sec.  61.42  Emission standard.

    (a) Emissions to the atmosphere from rocket-motor test sites shall 
not cause time-weighted atmospheric concentrations of beryllium to 
exceed 75 microgram minutes per cubic meter ([micro]g-min/m\3\)(4.68 x 
10-9 pound minutes per cubic foot (lb-min/ft\3\)) of air 
within the limits of 10 to 60 minutes, accumulated during any 2 
consecutive weeks, in any area in which an adverse effect to public 
health could occur.
* * * * *

Subpart E--[Amended]

0
36. Amend Sec.  61.53 by revising paragraph (d)(2) to read as follows:


Sec.  61.53  Stack sampling.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (2) Method 101A in appendix B or Method 29 in appendix A to part 60 
shall be used to test emissions as follows:
    (i) The test shall be performed by May 28, 2014 in the case of an 
existing source or a new source which has an initial startup date 
preceding February 27, 2014.
    (ii) The test shall be performed within 90 days of startup in the 
case of a new source which did not have an initial startup date 
preceding February 27, 2014.
* * * * *

Subpart N--[Amended]

0
37. Amend Sec.  61.164 as follows:
0
a. By revising paragraph (d)(2)(i).
0
b. By revising paragraph (e)(1)(i).
0
c. By revising paragraph (e)(2) to read as follows:


Sec.  61.164  Test methods and procedures.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (2) * * *
    (i) Use Method 108 in appendix B to this part or Method 29 in 
appendix A to part 60 for determining the arsenic

[[Page 11276]]

emission rate, g/hr (lb/hr). The emission rate shall equal the 
arithmetic mean of the results of three 60-minute test runs.
* * * * *
    (e) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (i) Use Method 108 in appendix B to this part or Method 29 in 
appendix A to part 60 to determine the concentration of arsenic in the 
gas streams entering and exiting the control device. Conduct three 60-
minute test runs, each consisting of simultaneous testing of the inlet 
and outlet gas streams. The gas streams shall contain all the gas 
exhausted from the glass melting furnace.
* * * * *
    (2) Calculate the percent emission reduction for each run as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.024

Where:

D = the percent emission reduction.
Cb = the arsenic concentration of the stack gas entering 
the control device, as measured by Method 108 or Method 29.
Ca = the arsenic concentration of the stack gas exiting 
the control device, as measured by Method 108 or Method 29.
* * * * *
0
38. Amend appendix B to part 61 to read as follows:
0
a. By amending Method 101 by redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as 
sections 17.0 and 18.0, respectively, and by adding a new section 16.0.
0
b. By amending Method 101A by redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as 
sections 17.0 and 18.0, respectively, and by adding a new section 16.0.
0
c. By revising Method 102, section 8.1.1.1.
0
d. By amending Method 104 as follows:
0
i. By revising sections 4.1 and 11.5.3.
0
ii. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0, 
respectively.
0
iii. By adding a new section 16.0.
0
e. By amending Method 108 by redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as 
sections 17.0 and 18.0, respectively, and by adding a new section 16.0.
0
f. By amending Method 108A by redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as 
sections 17.0 and 18.0 respectively, and by adding a new section 16.0.

Appendix B to Part 61--Test Methods

* * * * *

Method 101--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions 
From Chlor-Alkali Plants (Air Streams)

* * * * *

16.0 Alternative Procedures

    16.1 Alternative Analyzer. Samples may also be analyzed by cold 
vapor atomic fluorescence spectrometry.
* * * * *

Method 101A--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions 
From Sewage Sludge Incinerators

* * * * *

16.0 Alternative Procedures

    16.1 Alternative Analyzers.
    16.1.1 Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry 
(ICP-AES) may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption 
analysis provided the following conditions are met:
    16.1.1.1 Sample collection, sample preparation, and analytical 
preparation procedures are as defined in the method except as 
necessary for the ICP-AES application.
    16.1.1.2 The quality control procedures are conducted as 
prescribed.
    16.1.1.3 The limit of quantitation for the ICP-AES must be 
demonstrated and the sample concentrations reported should be no 
less than two times the limit of quantitation. The limit of 
quantitation is defined as ten times the standard deviation of the 
blank value. The standard deviation of the blank value is determined 
from the analysis of seven blanks. It has been reported that for 
mercury and those elements that form hydrides, a continuous-flow 
generator coupled to an ICP-AES offers detection limits comparable 
to cold vapor atomic absorption.
    16.1.2 Samples may also be analyzed by cold vapor atomic 
fluorescence spectrometry.
* * * * *

Method 102--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions 
From Chlor-Alkali Plants (Hydrogen Streams)

* * * * *
    8.1.1.1 Calibrate the meter box orifice. Use the techniques 
described in APTD-0576 (see Reference 9 in Section 17.0 of Method 5 
of appendix A to part 60). Calibration of the orifice meter at flow 
conditions that simulate the conditions at the source is suggested. 
Calibration should either be done with hydrogen or with some other 
gas having a similar Reynolds Number so that there is similarity 
between the Reynolds Numbers during calibration and during sampling. 
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the 
thermometers are, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance 
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement 
application.
* * * * *

Method 104--Determination of Beryllium Emissions From Stationary 
Sources

* * * * *
    4.1 Matrix Effects. Analysis for Be by flame atomic absorption 
spectrophotometry is sensitive to the chemical composition and to 
the physical properties (e.g., viscosity, pH) of the sample. 
Aluminum and silicon, in particular, are known to interfere when 
present in appreciable quantities. The analytical procedure includes 
(optionally) the use of the Method of Standard Additions to check 
for these matrix effects, and sample analysis using the Method of 
Standard Additions if significant matrix effects are found to be 
present (see Reference 2 in Section 17.0).
* * * * *
    11.5.3 Check for Matrix Effects (optional). Use the Method of 
Standard Additions (see Reference 2 in Section 17.0) to check at 
least one sample from each source for matrix effects on the Be 
results. If the results of the Method of Standard Additions 
procedure used on the single source sample do not agree to within 5 
percent of the value obtained by the routine atomic absorption 
analysis, then reanalyze all samples from the source using the 
Method of Standard Additions procedure.
* * * * *

16.0 Alternative Procedures

    16.1 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry 
(ICP-AES) Analysis. ICP-AES may be used as an alternative to atomic 
absorption analysis provided the following conditions are met:
    16.1.1 Sample collection, sample preparation, and analytical 
preparation procedures are as defined in the method except as 
necessary for the ICP-AES application.
    16.1.2 Quality Assurance/Quality Control procedures, including 
audit material analysis, are conducted as prescribed in the method. 
The QA acceptance conditions must be met.
    16.1.3 The limit of quantitation for the ICP-AES must be 
demonstrated and the sample concentrations reported should be no 
less than two times the limit of quantitation. The limit of 
quantitation is defined as ten times the standard deviation of the 
blank value. The standard deviation of the blank value is determined 
from the analysis of seven blanks. It has been reported that for 
mercury and those elements that form hydrides, a continuous-flow 
generator coupled to an ICP-AES offers detection limits comparable 
to cold vapor atomic absorption.
    16.2 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS) 
Analysis. ICP-MS may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption 
analysis.
    16.3 Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry (CVAFS) 
Analysis. CVAFS may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption 
analysis.
* * * * *

Method 108--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Arsenic Emissions

* * * * *

16.0 Alternative Procedures

    16.1 Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry 
(ICP-AES) Analysis. ICP-AES may be used as an alternative to atomic 
absorption analysis provided the following conditions are met:
    16.1.1 Sample collection, sample preparation, and analytical 
preparation procedures are as defined in the method

[[Page 11277]]

except as necessary for the ICP-AES application.
    16.1.2 Quality Assurance/Quality Control procedures, including 
audit material analysis, are conducted as prescribed in the method. 
The QA acceptance conditions must be met.
    16.1.3 The limit of quantitation for the ICP-AES must be 
demonstrated and the sample concentrations reported should be no 
less than two times the limit of quantitation. The limit of 
quantitation is defined as ten times the standard deviation of the 
blank value. The standard deviation of the blank value is determined 
from the analysis of seven blanks. It has been reported that for 
mercury and those elements that form hydrides, a continuous-flow 
generator coupled to an ICP-AES offers detection limits comparable 
to cold vapor atomic absorption.
    16.2 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS) 
Analysis. ICP-MS may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption 
analysis.
    16.3 Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry (CVAFS) 
Analysis. CVAFS may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption 
analysis.
* * * * *

Method 108A--Determination of Arsenic Content in Ore Samples From 
Nonferrous Smelters

* * * * *

16.0 Alternative Procedures

    16.1 Alternative Analyzer. Inductively coupled plasma-atomic 
emission spectrometry (ICP-AES) may be used as an alternative to 
atomic absorption analysis provided the following conditions are 
met:
    16.1.1 Sample collection, sample preparation, and analytical 
preparation procedures are as defined in the method except as 
necessary for the ICP-AES application.
    16.1.2 Quality Assurance/Quality Control procedures, including 
audit material analysis, are conducted as prescribed in the method. 
The QA acceptance conditions must be met.
    16.1.3 The limit of quantitation for the ICP-AES must be 
demonstrated and the sample concentrations reported should be no 
less than two times the limit of quantitation. The limit of 
quantitation is defined as ten times the standard deviation of the 
blank value. The standard deviation of the blank value is determined 
from the analysis of seven blanks. It has been reported that for 
mercury and those elements that form hydrides, a continuous-flow 
generator coupled to an ICP-AES offers detection limits comparable 
to cold vapor atomic absorption.
* * * * *

PART 63--NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS 
FOR SOURCE CATEGORIES

0
39. The authority citation for part 63 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.

Subpart A--[Amended]

0
40. Amend Sec.  63.7 by revising paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  63.7  Performance testing requirements.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (2) * * *
    (iii) * * *
    (A) The source owner, operator, or representative of the tested 
facility shall obtain an audit sample, if commercially available, from 
an AASP for each test method used for regulatory compliance purposes. 
No audit samples are required for the following test methods: Methods 
3A and 3C of appendix A-3 of part 60; Methods 6C, 7E, 9, and 10 of 
appendix A-4 of part 60; Methods 18 and 19 of appendix A-6 of part 60; 
Methods 20, 22, and 25A of appendix A-7 of part 60; and Methods 303, 
318, 320, and 321 of appendix A of part 63. If multiple sources at a 
single facility are tested during a compliance test event, only one 
audit sample is required for each method used during a compliance test. 
The compliance authority responsible for the compliance test may waive 
the requirement to include an audit sample if they believe that an 
audit sample is not necessary. ``Commercially available'' means that 
two or more independent AASPs have blind audit samples available for 
purchase. If the source owner, operator, or representative cannot find 
an audit sample for a specific method, the owner, operator, or 
representative shall consult the EPA Web site at the following URL, 
www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm whether there is a source that can 
supply an audit sample for that method. If the EPA Web site does not 
list an available audit sample at least 60 days prior to the beginning 
of the compliance test, the source owner, operator, or representative 
shall not be required to include an audit sample as part of the quality 
assurance program for the compliance test. When ordering an audit 
sample, the source owner, operator, or representative shall give the 
sample provider an estimate for the concentration of each pollutant 
that is emitted by the source or the estimated concentration of each 
pollutant based on the permitted level and the name, address, and phone 
number of the compliance authority. The source owner, operator, or 
representative shall report the results for the audit sample along with 
a summary of the emission test results for the audited pollutant to the 
compliance authority and shall report the results of the audit sample 
to the AASP. The source owner, operator, or representative shall make 
both reports at the same time and in the same manner or shall report to 
the compliance authority first and report to the AASP. If the method 
being audited is a method that allows the samples to be analyzed in the 
field and the tester plans to analyze the samples in the field, the 
tester may analyze the audit samples prior to collecting the emission 
samples provided a representative of the compliance authority is 
present at the testing site. The tester may request, and the compliance 
authority may grant, a waiver to the requirement that a representative 
of the compliance authority must be present at the testing site during 
the field analysis of an audit sample. The source owner, operator, or 
representative may report the results of the audit sample to the 
compliance authority and then report the results of the audit sample to 
the AASP prior to collecting any emission samples. The test protocol 
and final test report shall document whether an audit sample was 
ordered and utilized and the pass/fail results as applicable.
* * * * *

0
41. Amend Sec.  63.8 by adding a sentence to the end of paragraph 
(f)(6)(iii) to read as follows:


Sec.  63.8  Monitoring requirements.

* * * * *
    (f) * * *
    (6) * * *
    (iii) * * * The Administrator will review the notification and may 
rescind permission to use an alternative and require the owner or 
operator to conduct a relative accuracy test of the CEMS as specified 
in section 8.4 of Performance Specification 2.
* * * * *

0
42. Revise Sec.  63.14 to read as follows:


Sec.  63.14  Incorporations by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in this section, the EPA must publish notice of change in the 
Federal Register and the material must be available to the public. All 
approved material is available for inspection at the Air and Radiation 
Docket and Information Center, U.S. EPA, 401 M St. SW., Washington, DC, 
telephone number 202-566, and is available from the sources listed 
below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and 
Records Administration (NARA). For

[[Page 11278]]

information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030 or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
    (b) The Association of Florida Phosphate Chemists, P.O. Box 1645, 
Bartow, Florida 33830.
    (1) Book of Methods Used and Adopted By The Association of Florida 
Phosphate Chemists, Seventh Edition 1991:
    (i) Section IX, Methods of Analysis for Phosphate Rock, No. 1 
Preparation of Sample, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.606(c) and 
63.626(c).
    (ii) Section IX, Methods of Analysis for Phosphate Rock, No. 3 
Phosphorus--P2O5 or 
Ca3(PO4)2, Method A--Volumetric 
Method, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.606(c) and 63.626(c).
    (iii) Section IX, Methods of Analysis for Phosphate Rock, No. 3 
Phosphorus-P2O5 or 
Ca3(PO4)2, Method B--Gravimetric 
Quimociac Method, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.606(c) and 63.626(c).
    (iv) Section IX, Methods of Analysis For Phosphate Rock, No. 3 
Phosphorus--P2O5 or 
Ca3(PO4)2, Method C--
Spectrophotometric Method, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.606(c) and 
63.626(c).
    (v) Section XI, Methods of Analysis for Phosphoric Acid, 
Superphosphate, Triple Superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 
Total Phosphorus--P2O5, Method A--Volumetric 
Method, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.606(c) and 63.626(c) and (d).
    (vi) Section XI, Methods of Analysis for Phosphoric Acid, 
Superphosphate, Triple Superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 
Total Phosphorus--P2O5, Method B--Gravimetric 
Quimociac Method, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.606(c) and 63.626(c) 
and (d).
    (vii) Section XI, Methods of Analysis for Phosphoric Acid, 
Superphosphate, Triple Superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3 
Total Phosphorus--P2O5, Method C--
Spectrophotometric Method, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.606(c) and 
63.626(c) and (d).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (c) Association of Official Analytical Chemists (AOAC) 
International, Customer Services, Suite 400, 2200 Wilson Boulevard, 
Arlington, Virginia 22201-3301, Telephone (703) 522-3032, Fax (703) 
522-5468.
    (1) AOAC Official Method 929.01 Sampling of Solid Fertilizers, 
Sixteenth edition, 1995, IBR approved for Sec.  63.626(d).
    (2) AOAC Official Method 929.02 Preparation of Fertilizer Sample, 
Sixteenth edition, 1995, IBR approved for Sec.  63.626(d).
    (3) AOAC Official Method 957.02 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, 
Preparation of Sample Solution, Sixteenth edition, 1995, IBR approved 
for Sec.  63.626(d).
    (4) AOAC Official Method 958.01 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, 
Spectrophotometric Molybdovanadophosphate Method, Sixteenth edition, 
1995, IBR approved for Sec.  63.626(d).
    (5) AOAC Official Method 962.02 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, 
Gravimetric Quinolinium Molybdophosphate Method, Sixteenth edition, 
1995, IBR approved for Sec.  63.626(d).
    (6) AOAC Official Method 969.02 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, 
Alkalimetric Quinolinium Molybdophosphate Method, Sixteenth edition, 
1995, IBR approved for Sec.  63.626(d).
    (7) AOAC Official Method 978.01 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers, 
Automated Method, Sixteenth edition, 1995, IBR approved for Sec.  
63.626(d).
    (d) American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L Street NW., 
Washington, DC 20005.
    (1) API Publication 2517, Evaporative Loss from External Floating-
Roof Tanks, Third Edition, February 1989, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
63.111 and 63.2406.
    (2) API Publication 2518, Evaporative Loss from Fixed-roof Tanks, 
Second Edition, October 1991, IBR approved for Sec.  63.150(g).
    (3) API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Specifications (MPMS) 
Chapter 19.2 (API MPMS 19.2), Evaporative Loss From Floating-Roof 
Tanks, First Edition, April 1997, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.1251 
and 63.12005.
    (e) American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-
Conditioning Engineers at 1791 Tullie Circle, NE., Atlanta, GA 30329 
orders@ashrae.org.
    (1) American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air 
Conditioning Engineers Method 52.1, ``Gravimetric and Dust-Spot 
Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation 
for Removing Particulate Matter, June 4, 1992,'' IBR approved for 
Sec. Sec.  63.11173(e) and 63.11516(d).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (f) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Three Park 
Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990, Telephone (800) 843-2763, http://www.asme.org; also available from HIS, Incorporated, 15 Inverness Way 
East, Englewood, CO 80112, Telephone (877) 413-5184, http://global.ihs.com.
    (1) ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981, Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses [Part 
10, Instruments and Apparatus], issued August 31, 1981, IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec.  63.309(k), 63.457(k), 63.772(e) and (h), 63.865(b), 
63.1282(d) and (g), 63.3166(a), 63.3360(e), 63.3545(a), 63.3555(a), 
63.4166(a), 63.4362(a), 63.4766(a), 63.4965(a), 63.5160(d), table 4 to 
subpart UUUU, 63.9307(c), 63.9323(a), 63.11148(e), 63.11155(e), 
63.11162(f), 63.11163(g), 63.11410(j), 63.11551(a), 63.11646(a), and 
63.11945, table 5 to subpart DDDDD, table 4 to subpart JJJJJ, tables 4 
and 5 of subpart UUUUU, and table 1 to subpart ZZZZZ.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (g) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr 
Harbor Drive, Post Office Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, 
Telephone (610) 832-9585, http://www.astm.org; also available from 
ProQuest, 789 East Eisenhower Parkway, Ann Arbor, MI 48106-1346, 
Telephone (734) 761-4700, http://www.proquest.com.
    (1) ASTM D95-05 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Test Method for Water 
in Petroleum Products and Bituminous Materials by Distillation, 
approved May 1, 2010, IBR approved for Sec.  63.10005(i) and table 6 to 
subpart DDDDD.
    (2) ASTM D240-09 Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of 
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter, approved July 1, 2009, 
IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (3) ASTM Method D388-05, Standard Classification of Coals by Rank, 
approved September 15, 2005, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.7575, 
63.10042, and 63.11237.
    (4) ASTM Method D396-10, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, 
including Appendix X1, approved October 1, 2010, IBR approved for Sec.  
63.10042.
    (5) ASTM D396-10, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, approved 
October 1, 2010, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.7575 and 63.11237.
    (6) ASTM D523-89, Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss, IBR 
approved for Sec.  63.782.
    (7) ASTM D975-11b, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, 
approved December 1, 2011, IBR approved for Sec.  63.7575.
    (8) ASTM D1193-77, Standard Specification for Reagent Water, IBR 
approved for appendix A to part 63: Method 306, Sections 7.1.1 and 
7.4.2.
    (9) ASTM D1193-91, Standard Specification for Reagent Water, IBR 
approved for appendix A to part 63: Method 306, Sections 7.1.1 and 
7.4.2.
    (10) ASTM D1331-89, Standard Test Methods for Surface and 
Interfacial Tension of Solutions of Surface Active Agents, IBR approved 
for appendix A to part 63: Method 306B, Sections 6.2, 11.1, and 12.2.2.

[[Page 11279]]

    (11) ASTM D1475-90, Standard Test Method for Density of Paint, 
Varnish Lacquer, and Related Products, IBR approved for appendix A to 
subpart II.
    (12) ASTM D1475-98 (Reapproved 2003), ``Standard Test Method for 
Density of Liquid Coatings, Inks, and Related Products,'' IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec.  63.3151(b), 63.3941(b) and (c), 63.3951(c), 63.4141(b) 
and (c), and 63.4551(c).
    (13) ASTM Method D1835-05, Standard Specification for Liquefied 
Petroleum (LP) Gases, approved April 1, 2005, IBR approved for 
Sec. Sec.  63.7575 and 63.11237.
    (14) ASTM D1945-03 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Test Method for 
Analysis of Natural Gas by Gas Chromatography, (Approved January 1, 
2010), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.772(h), and 63.1282(g).
    (15) ASTM D1946-77, Standard Method for Analysis of Reformed Gas by 
Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec.  63.11(b).
    (16) ASTM D1946-90 (Reapproved 1994), Standard Method for Analysis 
of Reformed Gas by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec.  63.11(b).
    (17) ASTM D2013/D2013M-09, Standard Practice for Preparing Coal 
Samples for Analysis, (Approved November 1, 2009), IBR approved for 
table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ.
    (18) ASTM D2099-00, Standard Test Method for Dynamic Water 
Resistance of Shoe Upper Leather by the Maeser Water Penetration 
Tester, IBR approved for Sec.  63.5350.
    (19) ASTM D2216-05, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory 
Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock by Mass, IBR 
approved for the definition of ``Free organic liquids'' in Sec.  
63.10692.
    (20) ASTM D2234/D2234M-10, Standard Practice for Collection of a 
Gross Sample of Coal, approved January 1, 2010, IBR approved for table 
6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ .
    (21) ASTM D2369-93, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of 
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A to subpart II.
    (22) ASTM D2369-95, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of 
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A to subpart II.
    (23) ASTM D2382-76, Heat of Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb 
Calorimeter (High-Precision Method), IBR approved for Sec.  63.11(b).
    (24) ASTM D2382-88, Heat of Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb 
Calorimeter (High-Precision Method), IBR approved for Sec.  63.11(b).
    (25) ASTM D2697-86 (Reapproved 1998), Standard Test Method for 
Volume Nonvolatile Matter in Clear or Pigmented Coatings, IBR approved 
for Sec. Sec.  63.3161(f), 63.3521(b), 63.3941(b), 63.4141(b), 
63.4741(b), 63.4941(b), and 63.5160(c).
    (26) ASTM D2879-83, Standard Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature 
Relationship and Initial Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by 
Isoteniscope, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.111, 63.2406, and 
63.12005.
    (27) ASTM D2879-96, Test Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature 
Relationship and Initial Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by 
Isoteniscope, (Approved 1996), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.111, 
63.2406, and 63.12005.
    (28) ASTM D3173-03 (Reapproved 2008), Standard Test Method for 
Moisture in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, (Approved February 1, 
2008), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart 
JJJJJJ.
    (29) ASTM D3257-93, Standard Test Methods for Aromatics in Mineral 
Spirits by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec.  63.786(b).
    (30) ASTM D3588-98 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Practice for 
Calculating Heat Value, Compressibility Factor, and Relative Density of 
Gaseous Fuels, (Approved May 10, 2003), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
63.772(h) and 63.1282(g).
    (31) ASTM D3695-88, Standard Test Method for Volatile Alcohols in 
Water by Direct Aqueous-Injection Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for 
Sec.  63.365(e).
    (32) ASTM D3792-91, Standard Method for Water Content of Water-
Reducible Paints by Direct Injection into a Gas Chromatograph, IBR 
approved for appendix A to subpart II.
    (33) ASTM D3912-80, Standard Test Method for Chemical Resistance of 
Coatings Used in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants, IBR approved for 
Sec.  63.782.
    (34) ASTM D4006-11, Standard Test Method for Water in Crude Oil by 
Distillation, including Annex A1 and Appendix X1, (Approved June 1, 
2011), IBR approved for Sec.  63.10005(i) and table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (35) ASTM D4017-81, Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and 
Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration Method, IBR approved for 
appendix A to subpart II.
    (36) ASTM D4017-90, Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and 
Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration Method, IBR approved for 
appendix A to subpart II.
    (37) ASTM D4017-96a, Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and 
Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration Method, IBR approved for 
appendix A to subpart II.
    (38) ASTM D4057-06 (Reapproved 2011), Standard Practice for Manual 
Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products, including Annex A1, 
(Approved June 1, 2011), IBR approved for Sec.  63.10005(i) and table 6 
to subpart DDDDD.
    (39) ASTM D4082-89, Standard Test Method for Effects of Gamma 
Radiation on Coatings for Use in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants, IBR 
approved for Sec.  63.782.
    (40) ASTM D4084-07, Standard Test Method for Analysis of Hydrogen 
Sulfide in Gaseous Fuels (Lead Acetate Reaction Rate Method), (Approved 
June 1, 2007), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (41) ASTM D4177-95 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Practice for 
Automatic Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products, including 
Annexes A1 through A6 and Appendices X1 and X2, (Approved May 1, 2010), 
IBR approved for Sec.  63.10005(i) and table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (42) ASTM D4208-02 (Reapproved 2007), Standard Test Method for 
Total Chlorine in Coal by the Oxygen Bomb Combustion/Ion Selective 
Electrode Method, approved May 1, 2007, IBR approved for table 6 to 
subpart DDDDD.
    (43) ASTM D4256-89, Standard Test Method for Determination of the 
Decontaminability of Coatings Used in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants, 
IBR approved for Sec.  63.782.
    (44) ASTM D4256-89 (Reapproved 94), Standard Test Method for 
Determination of the Decontaminability of Coatings Used in Light-Water 
Nuclear Power Plants, IBR approved for Sec.  63.782.
    (45) ASTM D4606-03 (Reapproved 2007), Standard Test Method for 
Determination of Arsenic and Selenium in Coal by the Hydride 
Generation/Atomic Absorption Method, (Approved October 1, 2007), IBR 
approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (46) ASTM D4809-95, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of 
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter (Precision Method), IBR 
approved for Sec.  63.11(b).
    (47) ASTM D4891-89 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Test Method for 
Heating Value of Gases in Natural Gas Range by Stoichiometric 
Combustion, (Approved June 1, 2006), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
63.772(h) and 63.1282(g).
    (48) ASTM D5066-91 (Reapproved 2001), Standard Test Method for 
Determination of the Transfer Efficiency Under Production Conditions 
for Spray Application of Automotive Paints-

[[Page 11280]]

Weight Basis, IBR approved for Sec.  63.3161(g).
    (49) ASTM D5087-02, Standard Test Method for Determining Amount of 
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Released from Solventborne Automotive 
Coatings and Available for Removal in a VOC Control Device (Abatement), 
IBR approved for Sec.  63.3165(e) and appendix A to subpart IIII.
    (50) ASTM D5192-09, Standard Practice for Collection of Coal 
Samples from Core, (Approved June 1, 2009), IBR approved for table 6 to 
subpart DDDDD.
    (51) ASTM D5198-09, Standard Practice for Nitric Acid Digestion of 
Solid Waste, (Approved February 1, 2009), IBR approved for table 6 to 
subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ.
    (52) ASTM D5228-92, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Butane Working Capacity of Activated Carbon, (Reapproved 2005), IBR 
approved for Sec.  63.11092(b).
    (53) ASTM D5291-02, Standard Test Methods for Instrumental 
Determination of Carbon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen in Petroleum Products 
and Lubricants, IBR approved for appendix A to subpart MMMM.
    (54) ASTM D5790-95, Standard Test Method for Measurement of 
Purgeable Organic Compounds in Water by Capillary Column Gas 
Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry, IBR approved for Table 4 to subpart 
UUUU.
    (55) ASTM D5864-11, Standard Test Method for Determining Aerobic 
Aquatic Biodegradation of Lubricants or Their Components, (Approved 
March 1, 2011), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (56) ASTM D5865-10a, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value 
of Coal and Coke, (Approved May 1, 2010), IBR approved for table 6 to 
subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ.
    (57) ASTM D5954-98 (Reapproved 2006), Test Method for Mercury 
Sampling and Measurement in Natural Gas by Atomic Absorption 
Spectroscopy, (Approved December 1, 2006), IBR approved for table 6 to 
subpart DDDDD.
    (58) ASTM D5965-02, Standard Test Methods for Specific Gravity of 
Coating Powders, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.3151(b) and 63.3951(c).
    (59) ASTM D6053-00, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Electrical Insulating 
Varnishes, IBR approved for appendix A to subpart MMMM.
    (60) ASTM D6093-97 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Test Method for 
Percent Volume Nonvolatile Matter in Clear or Pigmented Coatings Using 
a Helium Gas Pycnometer, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.3161, 63.3521, 
63.3941, 63.4141, 63.4741(b), 63.4941(b), and 63.5160(c).
    (61) ASTM D6266-00a, Test Method for Determining the Amount of 
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Released from Waterborne Automotive 
Coatings and Available for Removal in a VOC Control Device (Abatement), 
IBR approved for Sec.  63.3165(e).
    (62) ASTM D6323-98 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Guide for Laboratory 
Subsampling of Media Related to Waste Management Activities, (Approved 
August 10, 2003), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 
to subpart JJJJJJ.
    (63) ASTM D6348-03, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Gaseous Compounds by Extractive Direct Interface Fourier Transform 
Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.457(b) and 
63.1349, table 4 to subpart DDDD, table 4 to subpart ZZZZ, and table 8 
to subpart HHHHHHH.
    (64) ASTM D6348-03 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Test Method for 
Determination of Gaseous Compounds by Extractive Direct Interface 
Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy, including Annexes A1 
through A8, (Approved October 1, 2010), IBR approved for tables 1, 2, 
and 5 to subpart UUUUU and appendix B to subpart UUUUU.
    (65) ASTM D6350-98 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Test Method for 
Mercury Sampling and Analysis in Natural Gas by Atomic Fluorescence 
Spectroscopy, (Approved May 10, 2003), IBR approved for table 6 to 
subpart DDDDD.
    (66) ASTM D6357-11, Test Methods for Determination of Trace 
Elements in Coal, Coke, and Combustion Residues from Coal Utilization 
Processes by Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometry, 
(Approved April 1, 2011), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (67) ASTM D6420-99, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Gaseous Organic Compounds by Direct Interface Gas Chromatography-Mass 
Spectrometry, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.5799, 63.5850, and Table 4 
of Subpart UUUU.
    (68) ASTM D6420-99 (Reapproved 2004), Standard Test Method for 
Determination of Gaseous Organic Compounds by Direct Interface Gas 
Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry, (Approved October 1, 2004), IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  63.457(b), 63.485(g), 60.485a(g), 63.772(a), 
63.772(e), 63.1282(a) and (d), 63.2351(b), and 63.2354(b), and table 8 
to subpart HHHHHHH.
    (69) ASTM D6522-00, Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Nitrogen Oxides, Carbon Monoxide, and Oxygen Concentrations in 
Emissions from Natural Gas Fired Reciprocating Engines, Combustion 
Turbines, Boilers, and Process Heaters Using Portable Analyzers, IBR 
approved for Sec.  63.9307(c).
    (70) ASTM D6522-00 (Reapproved 2005), Standard Test Method for 
Determination of Nitrogen Oxides, Carbon Monoxide, and Oxygen 
Concentrations in Emissions from Natural Gas Fired Reciprocating 
Engines, Combustion Turbines, Boilers, and Process Heaters Using 
Portable Analyzers, (Approved October 1, 2005), IBR approved for table 
4 to subpart ZZZZ, table 5 to subpart DDDDDD, table 4 to subpart 
JJJJJJ, and Sec. Sec.  63.772(e) and (h)) and 63.1282(d) and (g).
    (71) ASTM D6721-01 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Test Method for 
Determination of Chlorine in Coal by Oxidative Hydrolysis 
Microcoulometry, (Approved April 1, 2006), IBR approved for table 6 to 
subpart DDDDD.
    (72) ASTM D6722-01 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Test Method for 
Total Mercury in Coal and Coal Combustion Residues by the Direct 
Combustion Analysis, (Approved April 1, 2006), IBR approved for Table 6 
to subpart DDDDD and Table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ.
    (73) ASTM D6751-11b, Standard Specification for Biodiesel Fuel 
Blend Stock (B100) for Middle Distillate Fuels, (Approved July 15, 
2011), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.7575 and 63.11237.
    (74) ASTM D6784-02 (Reapproved 2008), Standard Test Method for 
Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas 
Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method), 
(Approved April 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.11646(a), 
63.11647(a) and (d), tables 1, 2, 5, 11, 12t, and 13 to subpart DDDDD, 
table 4 to subpart JJJJJJ, table 5 to subpart UUUUU, and appendix A to 
subpart UUUUU.
    (75) ASTM D6883-04, Standard Practice for Manual Sampling of 
Stationary Coal from Railroad Cars, Barges, Trucks, or Stockpiles, 
(Approved June 1, 2004), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (76) ASTM D7430-11ae1, Standard Practice for Mechanical Sampling of 
Coal, (Approved October 1, 2011), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart 
DDDDD.
    (77) ASTM E145-94 (Reapproved 2001), Standard Specification for 
Gravity-Convection and Forced-Ventilation Ovens, IBR approved for 
appendix A to subpart PPPP.
    (78) ASTM E180-93, Standard Practice for Determining the Precision 
of

[[Page 11281]]

ASTM Methods for Analysis and Testing of Industrial Chemicals, IBR 
approved for Sec.  63.786(b).
    (79) ASTM E260-91, General Practice for Packed Column Gas 
Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.750(b) and 63.786(b).
    (80) ASTM E260-96, General Practice for Packed Column Gas 
Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.750(b) and 63.786(b).
    (81) ASTM E515-95 (Reapproved 2000), Standard Test Method for Leaks 
Using Bubble Emission Techniques, IBR approved for Sec.  63.425(i).
    (82) ASTM E711-87 (Reapproved 2004), Standard Test Method for Gross 
Calorific Value of Refuse-Derived Fuel by the Bomb Calorimeter, 
(Approved August 28, 1987), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD 
and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ.
    (83) ASTM E776-87 (Reapproved 2009), Standard Test Method for Forms 
of Chlorine in Refuse-Derived Fuel, (Approved July 1, 2009), IBR 
approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (84) ASTM E871-82 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Test Method for 
Moisture Analysis of Particulate Wood Fuels, (Approved November 1, 
2006), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart 
JJJJJJ.
    (h) Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD), 939 Ellis 
Street, San Francisco, California 94109, http://www.arb.ca.gov/DRDB/BA/CURHTML/ST/st30.pdf.
    (1) ``BAAQMD Source Test Procedure ST-30--Static Pressure Integrity 
Test, Underground Storage Tanks,'' adopted November 30, 1983, and 
amended December 21, 1994, IBR approved for Sec.  63.11120(a).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (i) British Standards Institute, 389 Chiswick High Road, London W4 
4AL, United Kingdom.
    (1) BS EN 1593:1999, Non-destructive Testing: Leak Testing--Bubble 
Emission Techniques, IBR approved for Sec.  63.425(i).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (j) California Air Resources Board (CARB), Engineering and 
Certification Branch, 1001 I Street, P.O. Box 2815, Sacramento, CA 
95812-2815, Telephone (916) 327-0900, http://www.arb.ca.gov/vapor/vapor.htm.
    (1) California Air Resources Board Vapor Recovery Test Procedure 
TP-201.1--``Volumetric Efficiency for Phase I Vapor Recovery Systems,'' 
adopted April 12, 1996, and amended February 1, 2001 and October 8, 
2003, IBR approved for Sec.  63.11120(b).
    (2) California Air Resources Board Vapor Recovery Test Procedure 
TP-201.1E--``Leak Rate and Cracking Pressure of Pressure/Vacuum Vent 
Valves,'' adopted October 8, 2003, IBR approved for Sec.  63.11120(a).
    (3) California Air Resources Board Vapor Recovery Test Procedure 
TP-201.3--``Determination of 2-Inch WC Static Pressure Performance of 
Vapor Recovery Systems of Dispensing Facilities,'' adopted April 12, 
1996 and amended March 17, 1999, IBR approved for Sec.  63.11120(a).
    (k) Environmental Protection Agency. Air and Radiation Docket and 
Information Center, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460, 
telephone number (202) 566-1745.
    (1) California Regulatory Requirements Applicable to the Air Toxics 
Program, November 16, 2010, IBR approved for Sec.  63.99(a).
    (2) New Jersey's Toxic Catastrophe Prevention Act Program, (July 
20, 1998), IBR approved for Sec.  63.99(a).
    (3) Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental 
Control, Division of Air and Waste Management, Accidental Release 
Prevention Regulation, sections 1 through 5 and sections 7 through 14, 
effective January 11, 1999, IBR approved for Sec.  63.99(a).
    (4) State of Delaware Regulations Governing the Control of Air 
Pollution (October 2000), IBR approved for Sec.  63.99(a).
    (5) Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection 
regulations at 310 CMR 7.26(10)-(16), Air Pollution Control, effective 
as of September 5, 2008, corrected March 6, 2009, and 310 CMR 70.00, 
Environmental Results Program Certification, effective as of December 
28, 2007. IBR approved for Sec.  63.99(a).
    (6)(i) New Hampshire Regulations Applicable to Hazardous Air 
Pollutants, March, 2003. IBR approved for Sec.  63.99(a).
    (ii) New Hampshire Regulations Applicable to Hazardous Air 
Pollutants, September 2006. IBR approved for Sec.  63.99(a).
    (7) Maine Department of Environmental Protection regulations at 
Chapter 125, Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaner Regulation, effective as of 
June 2, 1991, last amended on June 24, 2009. IBR approved for Sec.  
63.99(a).
    (8) California South Coast Air Quality Management District's 
``Spray Equipment Transfer Efficiency Test Procedure for Equipment 
User, May 24, 1989,'' IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.11173(e) and 
63.11516(d).
    (9) California South Coast Air Quality Management District's 
``Guidelines for Demonstrating Equivalency with District Approved 
Transfer Efficient Spray Guns, September 26, 2002,'' Revision 0, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  63.11173(e) and 63.11516(d).
    (10) Rhode Island Department of Environmental Management 
regulations at Air Pollution Control Regulation No. 36, Control of 
Emissions from Organic Solvent Cleaning, effective April 8, 1996, last 
amended October 9, 2008, IBR approved for Sec.  63.99(a).
    (11) Rhode Island Air Pollution Control, General Definitions 
Regulation, effective July 19, 2007, last amended October 9, 2008. IBR 
approved for Sec.  63.99(a).
    (12) Alaska Statute 42.45.045. Renewable energy grant fund and 
recommendation program, available at http://www.legis.state.ak.us/basis/folio.asp, IBR approved for Sec.  63.6675.
    (l) U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue 
NW., Washington, DC 20460, (202) 272-0167, http://www.epa.gov.
    (1) EPA-453/R-01-005, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air 
Pollutants (NESHAP) for Integrated Iron and Steel Plants--Background 
Information for Proposed Standards, Final Report, January 2001, IBR 
approved for Sec.  63.7491(g).
    (2) EPA-454/R-98-015, Office Of Air Quality Planning And Standards 
(OAQPS), Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance, September 1997, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  63.548(e), 63.7525(j), and 63.11224(f).
    (3) SW-846-3020A, Acid Digestion of Aqueous Samples And Extracts 
For Total Metals For Analysis By GFAA Spectroscopy, Revision 1, July 
1992, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid 
Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR approved for table 
6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ.
    (4) SW-846-3050B, Acid Digestion of Sediments, Sludges, and Soils, 
Revision 2, December 1996, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods 
for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, 
IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart 
JJJJJJ.
    (5) SW-846-7470A, Mercury In Liquid Waste (Manual Cold-Vapor 
Technique), Revision 1, September 1994, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, 
Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, 
Third Edition, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to 
subpart JJJJJJ.
    (6) SW-846-7471B, Mercury In Solid Or Semisolid Waste (Manual Cold-
Vapor Technique), Revision 2, February 2007, in EPA Publication No. SW-
846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 
Methods,

[[Page 11282]]

Third Edition, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to 
subpart JJJJJJ.
    (7) SW-846-8015C, Nonhalogenated Organics by Gas Chromatography, 
Revision 3, February 2007, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods 
for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, 
IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.11960, 63.11980, and table 10 to subpart 
HHHHHHH.
    (8) SW-846-8260B, Volatile Organic Compounds by Gas Chromatography/
Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS), Revision 2, December 1996, in EPA 
Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, 
Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
63.11960, 63.11980, and table 10 to subpart HHHHHHH.
    (9) SW-846-8270D, Semivolatile Organic Compounds by Gas 
Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS), Revision 4, February 2007, in 
EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, 
Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
63.11960, 63.11980, and table 10 to subpart HHHHHHH.
    (10) SW-846-8315A, Determination of Carbonyl Compounds by High 
Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), Revision 1, December 1996, in 
EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, 
Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
63.11960 and 63.11980, and table 10 to subpart HHHHHHH.
    (11) SW-846-5050, Bomb Preparation Method for Solid Waste, Revision 
0, September 1994, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods for 
Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition IBR 
approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (12) SW-846-6010C, Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission 
Spectrometry, Revision 3, February 2007, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, 
Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, 
Third Edition, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (13) SW-846-6020A, Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry, 
Revision 1, February 2007, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods 
for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, 
IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (14) SW-846-7060A, Arsenic (Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique), 
Revision 1, September 1994, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods 
for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, 
IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (15) SW-846-7740, Selenium (Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique), 
Revision 0, September 1986, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods 
for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, 
IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (16) SW-846-9056, Determination of Inorganic Anions by Ion 
Chromatography, Revision 1, February 2007, in EPA Publication No. SW-
846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 
Methods, Third Edition, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (17) SW-846-9076, Test Method for Total Chlorine in New and Used 
Petroleum Products by Oxidative Combustion and Microcoulometry, 
Revision 0, September 1994, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods 
for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, 
IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (18) SW-846-9250, Chloride (Colorimetric, Automated Ferricyanide 
AAI), Revision 0, September 1986, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test 
Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third 
Edition, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (19) Method 200.8, Determination of Trace Elements in Waters and 
Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma--Mass Spectrometry, Revision 5.4, 
1994, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (20) Method 1631 Revision E, Mercury in Water by Oxidation, Purge 
and Trap, and Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption Fluorescence Spectrometry, 
Revision E, EPA-821-R-02-019, August 2002, IBR approved for table 6 to 
subpart DDDDD.
    (m) International Standards Organization (ISO), 1, ch. de la Voie-
Creuse, Case postale 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland, +41 22 749 01 
11, http://www.iso.org/iso/home.htm.
    (1) ISO 6978-1:2003(E), Natural Gas--Determination of Mercury--Part 
1: Sampling of Mercury by Chemisorption on Iodine, First edition, 
October 15, 2003, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (2) ISO 6978-2:2003(E), Natural gas--Determination of Mercury--Part 
2: Sampling of Mercury by Amalgamation on Gold/Platinum Alloy, First 
edition, October 15, 2003, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (n) National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream 
Improvement, Inc. (NCASI), P.O. Box 133318, Research Triangle Park, NC 
27709-3318 or at http://www.ncasi.org.
    (1) NCASI Method DI/MEOH-94.03, Methanol in Process Liquids and 
Wastewaters by GC/FID, Issued May 2000, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  
63.457 and 63.459.
    (2) NCASI Method CI/WP-98.01, Chilled Impinger Method For Use At 
Wood Products Mills to Measure Formaldehyde, Methanol, and Phenol, 
1998, Methods Manual, IBR approved for table 4 to subpart DDDD.
    (3) NCASI Method DI/HAPS-99.01, Selected HAPs In Condensates by GC/
FID, Issued February 2000, IBR approved for Sec.  63.459(b).
    (4) NCASI Method IM/CAN/WP-99.02, Impinger/Canister Source Sampling 
Method for Selected HAPs and Other Compounds at Wood Products 
Facilities, January 2004, Methods Manual, IBR approved for table 4 to 
subpart DDDD.
    (5) NCASI Method ISS/FP A105.01, Impinger Source Sampling Method 
for Selected Aldehydes, Ketones, and Polar Compounds, December 2005, 
Methods Manual, IBR approved for table 4 to subpart DDDD.
    (o) National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal 
Road, Springfield, VA 22161, (703) 605-6000 or (800) 553-6847; or for 
purchase from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing 
Office, Washington, DC 20402, (202) 512-1800.
    (1) Handbook 44, Specificiations, Tolerances, and Other Technical 
Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices 1998, IBR approved for 
Sec.  63.1303(e).
    (2) ``Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 
Methods,'' EPA Publication SW-846, Third Edition. (A suffix of ``A'' in 
the method number indicates revision one (the method has been revised 
once). A suffix of ``B'' in the method number indicates revision two 
(the method has been revised twice).
    (i) Method 0023A, ``Sampling Method for Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-
Dioxins and Polychlorinated Dibenzofuran Emissions from Stationary 
Sources,'' dated December 1996, IBR approved for Sec.  63.1208(b).
    (ii) Method 9071B, ``n-Hexane Extractable Material (HEM) for 
Sludge, Sediment, and Solid Samples,'' dated April 1998, IBR approved 
for Sec.  63.7824(e).
    (iii) Method 9095A, ``Paint Filter Liquids Test,'' dated December 
1996, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.  63.7700(b) and 63.7765.
    (iv) Method 9095B, ``Paint Filter Liquids Test,'' (revision 2), 
dated November 2004, IBR approved for the definition of ``Free organic 
liquids'' in Sec. Sec.  63.10692, 63.10885(a), and the definition of 
``Free liquids'' in Sec.  63.10906.

[[Page 11283]]

    (v) SW-846 74741B, Revision 2, ``Mercury in Solid or Semisolid 
Waste (Manual Cold-Vapor Technique),'' February 2007, IBR approved for 
Sec.  63.11647(f).
    (3) National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 
test method compendium, ``NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods,'' NIOSH 
publication no. 94-113, Fourth Edition, August 15, 1994.
    (i) NIOSH Method 2010, ``Amines, Aliphatic,'' Issue 2, August 15, 
1994, IBR approved for Sec.  63.7732(g).
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (p) North American Electric Reliability Corporation, 1325 G Street, 
NW., Suite 600, Washington, DC 20005-3801, http://www.nerc.com, http://www.nerc.com/files/EOP0002-3_1.pdf.
    (1) North American Electric Reliability Corporation Reliability 
Standard EOP-002-3, Capacity and Energy Emergencies, adopted August 5, 
2010, IBR approved for Sec.  63.6640(f).
    (2)[Reserved]
    (q) Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry (TAPPI), 
15 Technology Parkway South, Norcross, GA 30092, (800) 332-8686, http://www.tappi.org.
    (1) TAPPI T 266, Determination of Sodium, Calcium, Copper, Iron, 
and Manganese in Pulp and Paper by Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy 
(Reaffirmation of T 266 om-02), Draft No. 2, July 2006, IBR approved 
for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (r) Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Library, Post 
Office Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087, telephone number (512) 239-
0028, http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/assets/public/implementation/air/sip/sipdocs/2002-12-HGB/02046sipapp_ado.pdf.
    (1) ``Air Stripping Method (Modified El Paso Method) for 
Determination of Volatile Organic Compound Emissions from Water 
Sources,'' Revision Number One, dated January 2003, Sampling Procedures 
Manual, Appendix P: Cooling Tower Monitoring, January 31, 2003, IBR 
approved for Sec. Sec.  63.654 and 63.11920.
    (2) [Reserved]

Subpart G--[Amended]

0
43. Amend Sec.  63.144 by adding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(G) and (H) to 
read as follows:


Sec.  63.144  Process wastewater provisions--test methods and 
procedures for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 
determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control).

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (5) * * *
    (i) * * *
    (G) Method 8260B. Use procedures specified in Method 8260B in the 
SW-846 Compendium of Methods.
    (H) Method 316. Use Method 316 to determine formaldehyde 
concentration.
* * * * *

Subpart N--[Amended]

0
44. Amend Sec.  63.344 by adding paragraph (c)(5) to read as follows:


Sec.  63.344  Performance test requirements and test methods.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (5) The South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Method 
205.1 (which is available by contacting the South Coast AQMD, 21865 
Copley Dr, Diamond Bar, CA 91765) may be used to determine the total 
chromium concentration from hard and decorative chromium electroplating 
tanks and chromium anodizing tanks.
* * * * *

Subpart O--[Amended]

0
45. Amend Sec.  63.364 by revising paragraph (e) to read as follows:


Sec.  63.364  Monitoring requirements.

* * * * *
    (e) Measure and record once per hour the ethylene oxide 
concentration at the outlet to the atmosphere after any control device 
according to the procedures specified in Sec.  63.365(c)(1). The owner 
or operator shall compute and record a 24-hour average daily. The owner 
or operator will install, calibrate, operate, and maintain a monitor 
consistent with the requirements of performance specification (PS) 8 or 
9 in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B, to measure ethylene oxide. The daily 
calibration requirements of section 7.2 of PS-9 or Section 13.1 of PS-8 
are required only on days when ethylene oxide emissions are vented to 
the control device.
* * * * *

0
46. Amend Sec.  63.365 by revising the introductory text of paragraph 
(b) to read as follows:


Sec.  63.365  Test methods and procedures.

* * * * *
    (b) Efficiency at the sterilization chamber vent. California Air 
Resources Board (CARB) Method 431 or the following procedures shall be 
used to determine the efficiency of all types of control devices used 
to comply with Sec.  63.362(c), sterilization chamber vent standard.
* * * * *

Subpart Y--[Amended]

0
47. Amend Sec.  63.565 by revising paragraphs (d)(5), (8), and (10) and 
(g) to read as follows:


Sec.  63.565  Test methods and procedures.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (5) Recovery devices. The average VOC concentration in the vent 
upstream and downstream of the control device shall be determined using 
Method 25A or 25B of appendix A-7 to part 60 of this chapter for 
recovery devices. The average VOC concentration shall correspond to the 
volume measurement by taking into account the sampling system response 
time.
* * * * *
    (8) Where Method 25, 25A, or 25B is used to measure the percent 
reduction in VOC, the percent reduction across the combustion or 
recovery device shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.025

Where:

R = control efficiency of control device, percent.
Ei = mass flow rate of VOC at the inlet to the combustion 
or recovery device as calculated under paragraph (c)(7) of this 
section, kg/hr.
Eo = mass flow rate of VOC at the outlet of the 
combustion or recovery device, as calculated under paragraph (c)(7) 
of this section, kg/hr.
* * * * *
    (10) Use of methods other than Method 25, 25A, or 25B shall be 
validated pursuant to Method 301 of appendix A to part 63 of this 
chapter.
* * * * *
    (g) Baseline outlet VOC concentration. The procedures in this 
paragraph shall be used to determine the outlet VOC concentration 
required in Sec.  63.563(b)(4), (6), (7), and (8) for combustion 
devices except flare, carbon adsorbers, condenser/refrigeration units, 
and absorbers, respectively, and to monitor the VOC concentration as 
required in Sec.  63.564(e), (g), (h), and (i). The owner or operator 
shall use the procedures outlined in Method 25A or 25B. For the 
baseline VOC concentration, the arithmetic average of the outlet VOC 
concentration from three test runs from paragraph (d) of this section 
shall be calculated for the control device. The VOC concentration shall 
be measured at least every 15 minutes. Compliance testing of VOC CEMS 
shall be performed using PS 8.
* * * * *

[[Page 11284]]

Subpart GG--[Amended]

0
48. Amend Sec.  63.750 by revising paragraph (o) to read as follows:


Sec.  63.750  Test methods and procedures.

* * * * *
    (o) Inorganic HAP emissions--dry particulate filter certification 
requirements. Dry particulate filters used to comply with Sec.  
63.745(g)(2) or Sec.  63.746(b)(4) must be certified by the filter 
manufacturer or distributor, paint/depainting booth supplier, and/or 
the facility owner or operator using method 319 in appendix A of this 
part, to meet or exceed the efficiency data points found in Tables 1 
and 2, or 3 and 4 of Sec.  63.745 for existing or new sources 
respectively.

Subpart GGG--[Amended]

0
49. Amend Sec.  63.1251 by revising the definition of ``Process vent'' 
to read as follows:


Sec.  63.1251  Definitions.

* * * * *
    Process vent means a vent from a unit operation or vents from 
multiple unit operations within a process that are manifolded together 
into a common header, through which a HAP-containing gas stream is, or 
has the potential to be, released to the atmosphere. Examples of 
process vents include, but are not limited to, vents on condensers used 
for product recovery, bottom receivers, surge control vessels, 
reactors, filters, centrifuges, and process tanks. Emission streams 
that are undiluted and uncontrolled containing less than 50 ppmv HAP, 
as determined through process knowledge that no HAP are present in the 
emission stream or using an engineering assessment as discussed in 
Sec.  63.1257(d)(2)(ii); test data using Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A-6; Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63; or any other test method 
that has been validated according to the procedures in Method 301 of 
appendix A of this part, are not considered process vents. Process 
vents do not include vents on storage tanks regulated under Sec.  
63.1253, vents on wastewater emission sources regulated under Sec.  
63.1256, or pieces of equipment regulated under Sec.  63.1255.
* * * * *

Subpart RRR--[Amended]

0
50. Amend Sec.  63.1511 by revising paragraph (c)(9) as to read 
follows:


Sec.  63.1511  Performance test/compliance demonstration general 
requirements.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (9) Method 26A for the concentration of HCl. Where a lime-injected 
fabric filter is used as the control device to comply with the 90 
percent reduction standard, the owner or operator must measure the 
fabric filter inlet concentration of HCl at a point before lime is 
introduced to the system. Method 26 may be used in place of Method 26A 
where it can be demonstrated that there are no water droplets in the 
emission stream. This can be demonstrated by showing that the vapor 
pressure of water in the emission stream that you are testing is less 
than the equilibrium vapor pressure of water at the emission stream 
temperature, and by certifying that the emission stream is not 
controlled by a wet scrubber.
* * * * *

Subpart CCCC--[Amended]

0
51. Revise Table 2 to subpart CCCC to read as follows:
    As stated in Sec.  63.2161, if you demonstrate compliance by 
monitoring brew ethanol, you must comply with the requirements for 
performance tests in the following table:

 Table 2 to Subpart CCCC of Part 63--Requirements for Performance Tests
                     [Brew Ethanol Monitoring Only]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
For each fed-batch fermenter
   for which compliance is
  determined by monitoring
 brew ethanol concentration
     and calculating VOC                              According to the
    concentration in the           Using . . .            following
 fermenter exhaust according                         requirements . . .
  to the procedures in Sec.
   63.2161, you must . . .
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Measure VOC as propane...  Method 25A *, or an   You must measure the
                               alternative           VOC concentration
                               validated by EPA      in the fermenter
                               Method 301 * and      exhaust at any
                               approved by the       point prior to the
                               Administrator.        dilution of the
                                                     exhaust stream.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* EPA Test Methods found in Appendix A of 40 CFR part 60.

Subpart UUUU--[Amended]

0
52. Revise Table 4 to subpart UUUU to read as follows:
    As required in Sec. Sec.  63.5530(b) and 63.5535(a), (b), (g)(1), 
and (h)(1), you must conduct performance tests, other initial 
compliance demonstrations, and CEMS performance evaluations and 
establish operating limits according to the requirements in the 
following table:

                     Table 4 to Subpart UUUU of Part 63--Requirements for Performance Tests
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             according to the
           For . . .                  at . . .        you must . . .      using . . .     following requirements
                                                                                                   . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. the sum of all process vents  a. each existing   i. select          EPA Method 1 or    sampling sites must be
                                  or new affected    sampling port's    1A in appendix A   located at the inlet
                                  source.            location and the   to 40 CFR Sec.     and outlet to each
                                                     number of          63.7(d)(1)(i);     control device;
                                                     traverse points;
                                                    ii. determine      EPA Method 2, 2A,  you may use EPA Method
                                                     velocity and       2C, 2D, 2F, or     2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G
                                                     volumetric flow    2G in appendices   as an alternative to
                                                     rate;              A-1 and A-2 to     using EPA Method 2,
                                                                        part 60 of this    as appropriate;
                                                                        chapter;

[[Page 11285]]

 
                                                    iii. conduct gas   (1) EPA Method 3,  you may use EPA Method
                                                     analysis; and,     3A, or 3B in       3A or 3B as an
                                                                        appendix A-2 to    alternative to using
                                                                        part 60 of this    EPA Method 3; or,
                                                                        chapter; or,
                                                                       (2) ASME PTC       you may use ASME PTC
                                                                        19.10-1981--Part   19.10-1981--Part 10
                                                                        10; and,           (available for
                                                                                           purchase from Three
                                                                                           Park Avenue, New
                                                                                           York, NY 10016-5990)
                                                                                           as an alternative to
                                                                                           using EPA Method 3B.
                                                    iv. measure        EPA Method 4 in
                                                     moisture content   appendix A-3 to
                                                     of the stack       part 60 of this
                                                     gas.               chapter.
2. the sum of all viscose        a. each existing   i. measure total   (1) EPA Method 15  (a) you must conduct
 process vents.                   or new viscose     sulfide            in appendix A-5    testing of emissions
                                  process source.    emissions.         to part 60 of      at the inlet and
                                                                        this chapter; or   outlet of each
                                                                                           control device;
                                                                                          (b) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from continuous
                                                                                           viscose process vents
                                                                                           and combinations of
                                                                                           batch and continuous
                                                                                           viscose process vents
                                                                                           at normal operating
                                                                                           conditions, as
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           Sec.   63.7(e)(1) and
                                                                                           63.5535;
                                                                                          (c) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from batch viscose
                                                                                           process vents as
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           63.490(c), except
                                                                                           that the emission
                                                                                           reductions required
                                                                                           for process vents
                                                                                           under this subpart
                                                                                           supersede the
                                                                                           emission reductions
                                                                                           required for process
                                                                                           vents under subpart U
                                                                                           of this part; and
                                                                                          (d) you must collect
                                                                                           CPMS data during the
                                                                                           period of the initial
                                                                                           compliance
                                                                                           demonstration and
                                                                                           determine the CPMS
                                                                                           operating limit
                                                                                           during the period of
                                                                                           the initial
                                                                                           compliance
                                                                                           demonstration; or
                                                                       (2) carbon         (a) you must measure
                                                                        disulfide and/or   emissions at the
                                                                        hydrogen sulfide   inlet and outlet of
                                                                        CEMS, as           each control device
                                                                        applicable;        using CEMS;
                                                                                          (b) you must install,
                                                                                           operate, and maintain
                                                                                           the CEMS according to
                                                                                           the applicable
                                                                                           performance
                                                                                           specification (PS-7,
                                                                                           PS-8, PS-9, or PS-15)
                                                                                           of 40 CFR part 60,
                                                                                           appendix B; and
                                                                                          (c) you must collect
                                                                                           CEMS emissions data
                                                                                           at the inlet and
                                                                                           outlet of each
                                                                                           control device during
                                                                                           the period of the
                                                                                           initial compliance
                                                                                           demonstration and
                                                                                           determine the CEMS
                                                                                           operating limit
                                                                                           during the period of
                                                                                           the initial
                                                                                           compliance
                                                                                           demonstration.
3. the sum of all solvent        a. each existing   i. measure         (1) EPA Method 18  (a) you must conduct
 coating process vents.           or new             toluene            in appendix A-6    testing of emissions
                                  cellophane         emissions.         to part 60 of      at the inlet and
                                  operation.                            this chapter, or   outlet of each
                                                                        Method 320 in      control device;
                                                                        appendix A to
                                                                        part 63, or
                                                                                          (b) you may use EPA
                                                                                           Method 18 or 320 to
                                                                                           determine the control
                                                                                           efficiency of any
                                                                                           control device for
                                                                                           organic compounds;
                                                                                           for a combustion
                                                                                           device, you must use
                                                                                           only HAP that are
                                                                                           present in the inlet
                                                                                           to the control device
                                                                                           to characterize the
                                                                                           percent reduction
                                                                                           across the combustion
                                                                                           device;
                                                                                          (c) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from continuous
                                                                                           solvent coating
                                                                                           process vents and
                                                                                           combinations of batch
                                                                                           and continuous
                                                                                           solvent coating
                                                                                           process vents at
                                                                                           normal operating
                                                                                           conditions, as
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           Sec.   63.7(e)(1) and
                                                                                           63.5535;

[[Page 11286]]

 
                                                                                          (d) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from batch solvent
                                                                                           coating process vents
                                                                                           as specified in Sec.
                                                                                            63.490(c), except
                                                                                           that the emission
                                                                                           reductions required
                                                                                           for process vents
                                                                                           under this subpart
                                                                                           supersede the
                                                                                           emission reductions
                                                                                           required for process
                                                                                           vents under subpart U
                                                                                           of this part; and
                                                                                          (e) you must collect
                                                                                           CPMS data during the
                                                                                           period of the initial
                                                                                           compliance
                                                                                           demonstration and
                                                                                           determine the CPMS
                                                                                           operating limit
                                                                                           during the initial
                                                                                           compliance
                                                                                           demonstration; or
                                                                       (2) ASTM D6420-99  (a) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           at the inlet and
                                                                                           outlet of each
                                                                                           control device;
                                                                                          (b) you may use ASTM
                                                                                           D6420-99 (available
                                                                                           for purchase from at
                                                                                           least one of the
                                                                                           following addresses:
                                                                                           100 Barr Harbor
                                                                                           Drive, West
                                                                                           Conshohocken, PA
                                                                                           19428-2959; or
                                                                                           University Microfilms
                                                                                           International, 300
                                                                                           North Zeeb Road, Ann
                                                                                           Arbor, MI 48106) as
                                                                                           an alternative to EPA
                                                                                           Method 18 only where:
                                                                                           the target
                                                                                           compound(s) are those
                                                                                           listed in Section 1.1
                                                                                           of ASTM D6420-99; and
                                                                                           the target
                                                                                           concentration is
                                                                                           between 150 parts per
                                                                                           billion by volume
                                                                                           (ppbv) and 100 ppmv;
                                                                                           for target
                                                                                           compound(s) not
                                                                                           listed in Section 1.1
                                                                                           of ASTM D6420-99, but
                                                                                           potentially detected
                                                                                           by mass spectrometry,
                                                                                           the additional system
                                                                                           continuing
                                                                                           calibration check
                                                                                           after each run, as
                                                                                           detailed in Section
                                                                                           10.5.3 of the ASTM
                                                                                           method, must be
                                                                                           followed, met,
                                                                                           documented, and
                                                                                           submitted with the
                                                                                           data report even if
                                                                                           there is no moisture
                                                                                           condenser used or the
                                                                                           compound is not
                                                                                           considered water
                                                                                           soluble; and for
                                                                                           target compound(s)
                                                                                           not listed in Section
                                                                                           1.1 of ASTM D6420-99
                                                                                           and not amenable to
                                                                                           detection by mass
                                                                                           spectrometry, ASTM
                                                                                           D6420-99 does not
                                                                                           apply;
                                                                                          (c) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from continuous
                                                                                           solvent coating
                                                                                           process vents and
                                                                                           combinations of batch
                                                                                           and continuous
                                                                                           solvent coating
                                                                                           process vents at
                                                                                           normal operating
                                                                                           conditions, as
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           Sec.   63.7(e)(1) and
                                                                                           63.5535;
                                                                                          (d) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from batch solvent
                                                                                           coating process vents
                                                                                           as specified in Sec.
                                                                                            63.490(c), except
                                                                                           that the emission
                                                                                           reductions required
                                                                                           for process vents
                                                                                           under this subpart
                                                                                           supersede the
                                                                                           emission reductions
                                                                                           required for process
                                                                                           vents under subpart U
                                                                                           of this part; and,
                                                                                          (e) you must collect
                                                                                           CPMS data during the
                                                                                           period of the initial
                                                                                           compliance
                                                                                           demonstration and
                                                                                           determine the CPMS
                                                                                           operating limit
                                                                                           during the period of
                                                                                           the initial
                                                                                           compliance
                                                                                           demonstration.
4. the sum of all cellulose      a. each existing   i. measure total   (1) EPA Method 18  (a) you must conduct
 ether process vents.             or new cellulose   organic HAP        in appendix A-6    testing of emissions
                                  ether operation.   emissions.         to part 60 of      at the inlet and
                                                                        this chapter or    outlet of each
                                                                        Method 320 in      control device;
                                                                        appendix A to     (b) you may use EPA
                                                                        part 63, or        Method 18 or 320 to
                                                                                           determine the control
                                                                                           efficiency of any
                                                                                           control device for
                                                                                           organic compounds;
                                                                                           for a combustion
                                                                                           device, you must use
                                                                                           only HAP that are
                                                                                           present in the inlet
                                                                                           to the control device
                                                                                           to characterize the
                                                                                           percent reduction
                                                                                           across the combustion
                                                                                           device;

[[Page 11287]]

 
                                                                                          (c) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from continuous
                                                                                           cellulose ether
                                                                                           process vents and
                                                                                           combinations of batch
                                                                                           and continuous
                                                                                           cellulose ether
                                                                                           process vents at
                                                                                           normal operating
                                                                                           conditions, as
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           Sec.   63.7(e)(1) and
                                                                                           63.5535;
                                                                                          (d) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from batch cellulose
                                                                                           ether process vents
                                                                                           as specified in Sec.
                                                                                            63.490(c), except
                                                                                           that the emission
                                                                                           reductions required
                                                                                           for process vents
                                                                                           under this subpart
                                                                                           supersede the
                                                                                           emission reductions
                                                                                           required for process
                                                                                           vents under subpart U
                                                                                           of this part; and
                                                                                          (e) you must collect
                                                                                           CPMS data during the
                                                                                           period of the initial
                                                                                           performance test and
                                                                                           determine the CPMS
                                                                                           operating limit
                                                                                           during the period of
                                                                                           the initial
                                                                                           performance test;
                                                                       (2) ASTM D6420-99  (a) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           at the inlet and
                                                                                           outlet of each
                                                                                           control device;
                                                                                          (b) you may use ASTM
                                                                                           D6420-99 (available
                                                                                           for purchase from at
                                                                                           least one of the
                                                                                           following addresses:
                                                                                           100 Barr Harbor
                                                                                           Drive, West
                                                                                           Conshohocken, PA
                                                                                           19428-2959; or
                                                                                           University Microfilms
                                                                                           International, 300
                                                                                           North Zeeb Road, Ann
                                                                                           Arbor, MI 48106) as
                                                                                           an alternative to EPA
                                                                                           Method 18 only where:
                                                                                           the target
                                                                                           compound(s) are those
                                                                                           listed in Section 1.1
                                                                                           of ASTM D6420-99; and
                                                                                           the target
                                                                                           concentration is
                                                                                           between 150 ppbv and
                                                                                           100 ppmv; for target
                                                                                           compound(s) not
                                                                                           listed in Section 1.1
                                                                                           of ASTM D6420-99, but
                                                                                           potentially detected
                                                                                           by mass spectrometry,
                                                                                           the additional system
                                                                                           continuing
                                                                                           calibration check
                                                                                           after each run, as
                                                                                           detailed in Section
                                                                                           10.5.3 of the ASTM
                                                                                           method, must be
                                                                                           followed, met,
                                                                                           documented, and
                                                                                           submitted with the
                                                                                           data report even if
                                                                                           there is no moisture
                                                                                           condenser used or the
                                                                                           compound is not
                                                                                           considered water
                                                                                           soluble; and for
                                                                                           target compound(s)
                                                                                           not listed in Section
                                                                                           1.1 of ASTM D6420-99
                                                                                           and not amenable to
                                                                                           detection by mass
                                                                                           spectrometry, ASTM
                                                                                           D6420-99 does not
                                                                                           apply; target
                                                                                           concentration is
                                                                                           between 150 ppbv and
                                                                                           100 ppmv for target
                                                                                           compound(s).
                                                                                          (c) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from continuous
                                                                                           cellulose ether
                                                                                           process vents and
                                                                                           combinations of batch
                                                                                           and continuous
                                                                                           cellulose ether
                                                                                           process vents at
                                                                                           normal operating
                                                                                           conditions, as
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           Sec.   63.7(e)(1) and
                                                                                           63.5535;
                                                                                          (d) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from batch cellulose
                                                                                           ether process vents
                                                                                           as specified in Sec.
                                                                                            63.490(c), except
                                                                                           that the emission
                                                                                           reductions required
                                                                                           for process vents
                                                                                           under this subpart
                                                                                           supersede the
                                                                                           emission reductions
                                                                                           required for process
                                                                                           vents under subpart U
                                                                                           of this part; and
                                                                                          (e) you must collect
                                                                                           CPMS data during the
                                                                                           period of the initial
                                                                                           performance test and
                                                                                           determine the CPMS
                                                                                           operating limit
                                                                                           during the period of
                                                                                           the initial
                                                                                           performance test.
                                                                       (3) EPA Method 25  (a) you must conduct
                                                                        in appendix A-7    testing of emissions
                                                                        to part 60 of      at the inlet and
                                                                        this chapter; or   outlet of each
                                                                                           control device;

[[Page 11288]]

 
                                                                                          (b) you may use EPA
                                                                                           Method 25 to
                                                                                           determine the control
                                                                                           efficiency of
                                                                                           combustion devices
                                                                                           for organic
                                                                                           compounds; you may
                                                                                           not use EPA Method 25
                                                                                           to determine the
                                                                                           control efficiency of
                                                                                           noncombustion control
                                                                                           devices;
                                                                                          (c) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from continuous
                                                                                           cellulose ether
                                                                                           process vents and
                                                                                           combinations of batch
                                                                                           and continuous
                                                                                           cellulose ether
                                                                                           process vents at
                                                                                           normal operating
                                                                                           conditions, as
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           Sec.   63.7(e)(1) and
                                                                                           63.5535;
                                                                                          (d) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from batch cellulose
                                                                                           ether process vents
                                                                                           as specified in Sec.
                                                                                            63.490(c), except
                                                                                           that the emission
                                                                                           reductions required
                                                                                           for process vents
                                                                                           under this subpart
                                                                                           supersede the
                                                                                           emission reductions
                                                                                           required for process
                                                                                           vents under subpart U
                                                                                           of this part; and
                                                                                          (e) you must collect
                                                                                           CPMS data during the
                                                                                           period of the initial
                                                                                           performance test and
                                                                                           determine the CPMS
                                                                                           operating limit
                                                                                           during the period of
                                                                                           the initial
                                                                                           performance test; or
                                                                       (4) EPA Method     (a) you must conduct
                                                                        25A in appendix    testing of emissions
                                                                        A-7 to part 60     at the inlet and
                                                                        of this chapter    outlet of each
                                                                                           control device;
                                                                                          (b) you may use EPA
                                                                                           Method 25A if: an
                                                                                           exhaust gas volatile
                                                                                           organic matter
                                                                                           concentration of 50
                                                                                           ppmv or less is
                                                                                           required in order to
                                                                                           comply with the
                                                                                           emission limit; the
                                                                                           volatile organic
                                                                                           matter concentration
                                                                                           at the inlet to the
                                                                                           control device and
                                                                                           the required level of
                                                                                           control are such as
                                                                                           to result in exhaust
                                                                                           volatile organic
                                                                                           matter concentrations
                                                                                           of 50 ppmv or less;
                                                                                           or because of the
                                                                                           high control
                                                                                           efficiency of the
                                                                                           control device, the
                                                                                           anticipated volatile
                                                                                           organic matter
                                                                                           concentration at the
                                                                                           control device
                                                                                           exhaust is 50 ppmv or
                                                                                           less, regardless of
                                                                                           the inlet
                                                                                           concentration;
                                                                                          (c) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from continuous
                                                                                           cellulose ether
                                                                                           process vents and
                                                                                           combinations of batch
                                                                                           and continuous
                                                                                           cellulose ether
                                                                                           process vents at
                                                                                           normal operating
                                                                                           conditions, as
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           Sec.   63.7(e)(1) and
                                                                                           63.5535;
                                                                                          (d) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from batch cellulose
                                                                                           ether process vents
                                                                                           as specified in Sec.
                                                                                            63.490(c), except
                                                                                           that the emission
                                                                                           reductions required
                                                                                           for process vents
                                                                                           under this subpart
                                                                                           supersede the
                                                                                           emission reductions
                                                                                           required for process
                                                                                           vents under subpart U
                                                                                           of this part; and,
                                                                                          (e) you must collect
                                                                                           CPMS data during the
                                                                                           period of the initial
                                                                                           performance test and
                                                                                           determine the CPMS
                                                                                           operating limit
                                                                                           during the period of
                                                                                           the initial
                                                                                           performance test.
5. each toluene storage vessel.  a. each existing   i. measure         (1) EPA Method 18  (a) if venting to a
                                  or new             toluene            in appendix A-6    control device to
                                  cellophane         emissions.         to part 60 of      reduce emissions, you
                                  operation.                            this chapter or    must conduct testing
                                                                        Method 320 in      of emissions at the
                                                                        appendix A to      inlet and outlet of
                                                                        part 63; or        each control device;

[[Page 11289]]

 
                                                                                          (b) you may use EPA
                                                                                           Method 18 or 320 to
                                                                                           determine the control
                                                                                           efficiency of any
                                                                                           control device for
                                                                                           organic compounds;
                                                                                           for a combustion
                                                                                           device, you must use
                                                                                           only HAP that are
                                                                                           present in the inlet
                                                                                           to the control device
                                                                                           to characterize the
                                                                                           percent reduction
                                                                                           across the combustion
                                                                                           device;
                                                                                          (c) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from continuous
                                                                                           storage vessel vents
                                                                                           and combinations of
                                                                                           batch and continuous
                                                                                           storage vessel vents
                                                                                           at normal operating
                                                                                           conditions, as
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           Sec.   63.7(e)(1) and
                                                                                           63.5535 for
                                                                                           continuous process
                                                                                           vents;
                                                                                          (d) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from batch storage
                                                                                           vessel vents as
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           63.490(c) for batch
                                                                                           process vents, except
                                                                                           that the emission
                                                                                           reductions required
                                                                                           for process vents
                                                                                           under this subpart
                                                                                           supersede the
                                                                                           emission reductions
                                                                                           required for process
                                                                                           vents under subpart U
                                                                                           of this part; and,
                                                                                          (e) you must collect
                                                                                           CPMS data during the
                                                                                           period of the initial
                                                                                           compliance
                                                                                           demonstration and
                                                                                           determine the CPMS
                                                                                           operating limit
                                                                                           during the period of
                                                                                           the initial
                                                                                           compliance
                                                                                           demonstration; or
                                                                       (2) ASTM D6420-99  (a) if venting to a
                                                                                           control device to
                                                                                           reduce emissions, you
                                                                                           must conduct testing
                                                                                           of emissions at the
                                                                                           inlet and outlet of
                                                                                           each control device;
                                                                                          (b) you may use ASTM
                                                                                           D6420-99 (available
                                                                                           for purchase from at
                                                                                           least one of the
                                                                                           following addresses:
                                                                                           100 Barr Harbor
                                                                                           Drive, West
                                                                                           Conshohocken, PA
                                                                                           19428-2959; or
                                                                                           University Microfilms
                                                                                           International, 300
                                                                                           North Zeeb Road, Ann
                                                                                           Arbor, MI 48106) as
                                                                                           an alternative to EPA
                                                                                           Method 18 only where:
                                                                                           the target
                                                                                           compound(s) are those
                                                                                           listed in Section 1.1
                                                                                           of ASTM D6420-99, and
                                                                                           the target
                                                                                           concentration is
                                                                                           between 150 ppbv and
                                                                                           100 ppmv; for target
                                                                                           compound(s) not
                                                                                           listed in Section 1.1
                                                                                           of ASTM D6420-99, but
                                                                                           potentially detected
                                                                                           by mass spectrometry,
                                                                                           the additional system
                                                                                           continuing
                                                                                           calibration check
                                                                                           after each run, as
                                                                                           detailed in Section
                                                                                           10.5.3 of the ASTM
                                                                                           method, must be
                                                                                           followed, met,
                                                                                           documented, and
                                                                                           submitted with the
                                                                                           data report even if
                                                                                           there is no moisture
                                                                                           condenser used or the
                                                                                           compound is not
                                                                                           considered water
                                                                                           soluble; and for
                                                                                           target compound(s)
                                                                                           not listed in Section
                                                                                           1.1 of ASTM D6420-99
                                                                                           and not amenable to
                                                                                           detection by mass
                                                                                           spectrometry, ASTM
                                                                                           D6420-99 does not
                                                                                           apply;
                                                                                          (c) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from continuous
                                                                                           storage vessel vents
                                                                                           and combinations of
                                                                                           batch and continuous
                                                                                           storage vessel vents
                                                                                           at normal operating
                                                                                           conditions, as
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           Sec.   63.7(e)(1) and
                                                                                           63.5535 for
                                                                                           continuous process
                                                                                           vents;
                                                                                          (d) you must conduct
                                                                                           testing of emissions
                                                                                           from batch storage
                                                                                           vessel vents as
                                                                                           specified in Sec.
                                                                                           63.490(c) for batch
                                                                                           process vents, except
                                                                                           that the emission
                                                                                           reductions required
                                                                                           for process vents
                                                                                           under this subpart
                                                                                           supersede the
                                                                                           emission reductions
                                                                                           required for process
                                                                                           vents under subpart U
                                                                                           of this part; and,

[[Page 11290]]

 
                                                                                          (e) you must collect
                                                                                           CPMS data during the
                                                                                           period of the initial
                                                                                           compliance
                                                                                           demonstration and
                                                                                           determine the CPMS
                                                                                           operating limit
                                                                                           during the period of
                                                                                           the initial
                                                                                           compliance
                                                                                           demonstration.
6. the sum of all process vents  a. each existing   i. measure         (1) EPA Method 22  (a) you must conduct
 controlled using a flare.        or new affected    visible            in appendix A-7    the flare visible
                                  source.            emissions.         to part 60 of      emissions test
                                                                        this chapter.      according to Sec.
                                                                                           63.11(b).
7. equipment leaks.............  a. each existing   i. measure leak    (1) applicable     (a) you must follow
                                  or new cellulose   rate.              equipment leak     all requirements for
                                  ether operation.                      test methods in    the applicable
                                                                        Sec.   63.180;     equipment leak test
                                                                        or                 methods in Sec.
                                                                                           63.180; or
                                                                       (2) applicable     (a) you must follow
                                                                        equipment leak     all requirements for
                                                                        test methods in    the applicable
                                                                        Sec.   63.1023     equipment leak test
                                                                                           methods in Sec.
                                                                                           63.1023.
8. all sources of wastewater     a. each existing   i. measure         (1) applicable     (a) You must follow
 emissions.                       or new cellulose   wastewater HAP     wastewater test    all requirements for
                                  ether operation.   emissions.         methods and        the applicable
                                                                        procedures in      wastewater test
                                                                        Sec.  Sec.         methods and
                                                                        63.144 and         procedures in Sec.
                                                                        63.145; or         Sec.   63.144 and
                                                                                           63.145; or
                                                                       (2) applicable     (a) you must follow
                                                                        wastewater test    all requirements for
                                                                        methods and        the applicable waste
                                                                        procedures in      water test methods
                                                                        Sec.  Sec.         and procedures in
                                                                        63.144 and         Sec.  Sec.   63.144
                                                                        63.145, using      and 63.145, except
                                                                        ASTM D5790-95 as   that you may use ASTM
                                                                        an alternative     D5790-95 (available
                                                                        to EPA Method      for purchase from at
                                                                        624 in appendix    least one of the
                                                                        A to part 163 of   following addresses:
                                                                        this chapter.      100 Barr Harbor
                                                                                           Drive, West
                                                                                           Conshohocken, PA
                                                                                           19428-2959; or
                                                                                           University Microfilms
                                                                                           International, 300
                                                                                           North Zeeb Road, Ann
                                                                                           Arbor, MI 48106) as
                                                                                           an alternative to EPA
                                                                                           Method 624, under the
                                                                                           condition that this
                                                                                           ASTM method be used
                                                                                           with the sampling
                                                                                           procedures of EPA
                                                                                           Method 25D or an
                                                                                           equivalent method.
9. any emission point..........  a. each existing   i. conduct a CEMS  (1) applicable     (a) you must conduct
                                  or new affected    performance        requirements in    the CEMS performance
                                  source using a     evaluation.        Sec.   63.8 and    evaluation during the
                                  CEMS to                               applicable         period of the initial
                                  demonstrate                           performance        compliance
                                  compliance.                           specification      demonstration
                                                                        (PS-7, PS-8, PS-   according to the
                                                                        9, or PS-15) in    applicable
                                                                        appendix B to      requirements in Sec.
                                                                        part 60 of this     63.8 and the
                                                                        chapter.           applicable
                                                                                           performance
                                                                                           specification (PS-7,
                                                                                           PS-8, PS-9, or PS-15)
                                                                                           of 40 CFR part 60,
                                                                                           appendix B;
                                                                                          (b) you must install,
                                                                                           operate, and maintain
                                                                                           the CEMS according to
                                                                                           the applicable
                                                                                           performance
                                                                                           specification (PS-7,
                                                                                           PS-8, PS-9, or PS-15)
                                                                                           of 40 CFR part 60,
                                                                                           appendix B; and
                                                                                          (c) you must collect
                                                                                           CEMS emissions data
                                                                                           at the inlet and
                                                                                           outlet of each
                                                                                           control device during
                                                                                           the period of the
                                                                                           initial compliance
                                                                                           demonstration and
                                                                                           determine the CEMS
                                                                                           operating limit
                                                                                           during the period of
                                                                                           the initial
                                                                                           compliance
                                                                                           demonstration.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Subpart ZZZZ--[Amended]

0
53. Revise Table 4 to subpart ZZZZ to read as follows:
    As stated in Sec. Sec.  63.6610, 63.6611, 63.6620, and 63.6640, you 
must comply with the following requirements for performance tests for 
stationary RICE:

[[Page 11291]]



                     Table 4 to Subpart ZZZZ of Part 63--Requirements for Performance Tests
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Complying with                                            According to the
         For each . . .           the requirement     You must . . .      Using . . .     following requirements
                                      to . . .                                                     . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. 2SLB, 4SLB, and CI            a. reduce CO       i. Select the      .................  (a) For CO and O2
 stationary RICE.                 emissions.         sampling port                         measurement, ducts
                                                     location and the                      <=6 inches in
                                                     number/location                       diameter may be
                                                     of traverse                           sampled at a single
                                                     points at the                         point located at the
                                                     inlet and outlet                      duct centroid and
                                                     of the control                        ducts >6 and <=12
                                                     device; and                           inches in diameter
                                                                                           may be sampled at 3
                                                                                           traverse points
                                                                                           located at 16.7,
                                                                                           50.0, and 83.3% of
                                                                                           the measurement line
                                                                                           (`3-point long
                                                                                           line'). If the duct
                                                                                           is >12 inches in
                                                                                           diameter and the
                                                                                           sampling port
                                                                                           location meets the
                                                                                           two and half-diameter
                                                                                           criterion of Section
                                                                                           11.1.1 of Method 1 of
                                                                                           40 CFR part 60,
                                                                                           appendix A-1, the
                                                                                           duct may be sampled
                                                                                           at `3-point long
                                                                                           line'; otherwise,
                                                                                           conduct the
                                                                                           stratification
                                                                                           testing and select
                                                                                           sampling points
                                                                                           according to Section
                                                                                           8.1.2 of Method 7E of
                                                                                           40 CFR part 60,
                                                                                           appendix A-4.
                                                    ii. Measure the    (1) Method 3 or    (b) Measurements to
                                                     O2 at the inlet    3A or 3B of 40     determine O2 must be
                                                     and outlet of      CFR part 60,       made at the same time
                                                     the control        appendix A-2, or   as the measurements
                                                     device; and        ASTM Method        for CO concentration.
                                                                        D6522-00
                                                                        (Reapproved
                                                                        2005)a c (heated
                                                                        probe not
                                                                        necessary).
                                                    iii. Measure the   (1) ASTM D6522-00  (c) The CO
                                                     CO at the inlet    (Reapproved        concentration must be
                                                     and the outlet     2005)a b c         at 15 percent O2, dry
                                                     of the control     (heated probe      basis.
                                                     device.            not necessary)
                                                                        or Method 10 of
                                                                        40 CFR part 60,
                                                                        appendix A-4.
2. 4SRB stationary RICE........  a. reduce          i. Select the      .................  (a) For formaldehyde,
                                  formaldehyde       sampling port                         O2, and moisture
                                  emissions.         location and the                      measurement, ducts
                                                     number/location                       <=6 inches in
                                                     of traverse                           diameter may be
                                                     points at the                         sampled at a single
                                                     inlet and outlet                      point located at the
                                                     of the control                        duct centroid and
                                                     device; and                           ducts >6 and <=12
                                                                                           inches in diameter
                                                                                           may be sampled at 3
                                                                                           traverse points
                                                                                           located at 16.7,
                                                                                           50.0, and 83.3% of
                                                                                           the measurement line
                                                                                           (`3-point long
                                                                                           line'). If the duct
                                                                                           is >12 inches in
                                                                                           diameter and the
                                                                                           sampling port
                                                                                           location meets the
                                                                                           two and half-diameter
                                                                                           criterion of Section
                                                                                           11.1.1 of Method 1 of
                                                                                           40 CFR part 60,
                                                                                           appendix A, the duct
                                                                                           may be sampled at `3-
                                                                                           point long line';
                                                                                           otherwise, conduct
                                                                                           the stratification
                                                                                           testing and select
                                                                                           sampling points
                                                                                           according to Section
                                                                                           8.1.2 of Method 7E of
                                                                                           40 CFR part 60,
                                                                                           appendix A.
                                                    ii. Measure O2 at  (1) Method 3 or    (a) Measurements to
                                                     the inlet and      3A or 3B of 40     determine O2
                                                     outlet of the      CFR part 60,       concentration must be
                                                     control device;    appendix A-2, or   made at the same time
                                                     and                ASTM Method        as the measurements
                                                                        D6522-00           for formaldehyde or
                                                                        (Reapproved        THC concentration.
                                                                        2005) \a\
                                                                        (heated probe
                                                                        not necessary).
                                                    iii. Measure       (1) Method 4 of    (a) Measurements to
                                                     moisture content   40 CFR part 60,    determine moisture
                                                     at the inlet and   appendix A-3, or   content must be made
                                                     outlet of the      Method 320 of 40   at the same time and
                                                     control device;    CFR part 63,       location as the
                                                     and                appendix A, or     measurements for
                                                                        ASTM D 6348-03     formaldehyde or THC
                                                                        \a\.               concentration.

[[Page 11292]]

 
                                                    iv. If             (1) Method 320 or  (a) Formaldehyde
                                                     demonstrating      323 of 40 CFR      concentration must be
                                                     compliance with    part 63,           at 15 percent O2, dry
                                                     the formaldehyde   appendix A; or     basis. Results of
                                                     percent            ASTM D6348-03      this test consist of
                                                     reduction          \a\, provided in   the average of the
                                                     requirement,       ASTM D6348-03      three 1-hour or
                                                     measure formalde-  Annex A5           longer runs.
                                                     hyde at the        (Analyte Spiking
                                                     inlet and the      Technique), the
                                                     outlet of the      percent R must
                                                     control device.    be greater than
                                                                        or equal to 70
                                                                        and less than or
                                                                        equal to 130.
                                                    v. If              (1) Method 25A,    (a) THC concentration
                                                     demonstrating      reported as        must be at 15 percent
                                                     compliance with    propane, of 40     O2, dry basis.
                                                     the THC percent    CFR part 60,       Results of this test
                                                     reduction          appendix A-7.      consist of the
                                                     requirement,                          average of the three
                                                     measure THC at                        1-hour or longer
                                                     the inlet and                         runs.
                                                     the outlet of
                                                     the control
                                                     device.
3. Stationary RICE.............  a. limit the       i. Select the      .................  (a) For formaldehyde,
                                  concentra-tion     sampling port                         CO, O2, and moisture
                                  of formalde-hyde   location and the                      measurement, ducts
                                  or CO in the       number/location                       <=6 inches in
                                  stationary RICE    of traverse                           diameter may be
                                  exhaust.           points at the                         sampled at a single
                                                     exhaust of the                        point located at the
                                                     stationary RICE;                      duct centroid and
                                                     and                                   ducts >6 and <=12
                                                                                           inches in diameter
                                                                                           may be sampled at 3
                                                                                           traverse points
                                                                                           located at 16.7,
                                                                                           50.0, and 83.3% of
                                                                                           the measurement line
                                                                                           (`3-point long
                                                                                           line'). If the duct
                                                                                           is >12 inches in
                                                                                           diameter and the
                                                                                           sampling port
                                                                                           location meets the
                                                                                           two and half-diameter
                                                                                           criterion of Section
                                                                                           11.1.1 of Method 1 of
                                                                                           40 CFR part 60,
                                                                                           appendix A, the duct
                                                                                           may be sampled at `3-
                                                                                           point long line';
                                                                                           otherwise, conduct
                                                                                           the stratification
                                                                                           testing and select
                                                                                           sampling points
                                                                                           according to Section
                                                                                           8.1.2 of Method 7E of
                                                                                           40 CFR part 60,
                                                                                           appendix A. If using
                                                                                           a control device, the
                                                                                           sampling site must be
                                                                                           located at the outlet
                                                                                           of the control
                                                                                           device.
                                                    ii. Determine the  (1) Method 3 or    (a) Measurements to
                                                     O2 concentration   3A or 3B of 40     determine O2
                                                     of the             CFR part 60,       concentration must be
                                                     stationary RICE    appendix A-2, or   made at the same time
                                                     exhaust at the     ASTM Method        and location as the
                                                     sampling port      D6522-00           measurements for
                                                     location; and      (Reapproved        formaldehyde or CO
                                                                        2005) \a\          concentration.
                                                                        (heated probe
                                                                        not necessary).
                                                    iii. Measure       (1) Method 4 of    (a) Measurements to
                                                     moisture content   40 CFR part 60,    determine moisture
                                                     of the station-    appendix A-3, or   content must be made
                                                     ary RICE exhaust   Method 320 of 40   at the same time and
                                                     at the sampling    CFR part 63,       location as the
                                                     port location;     appendix A, or     measurements for
                                                     and                ASTM D 6348-03     formaldehyde or CO
                                                                        \a\.               concentration.
                                                    iv. Measure        (1) Method 320 or  (a) Formaldehyde
                                                     formalde-hyde at   323 of 40 CFR      concentration must be
                                                     the exhaust of     part 63,           at 15 percent O2, dry
                                                     the station-ary    appendix A; or     basis. Results of
                                                     RICE; or           ASTM D6348-03      this test consist of
                                                                        \a\, provided in   the average of the
                                                                        ASTM D6348-03      three 1-hour or
                                                                        Annex A5           longer runs.
                                                                        (Analyte Spiking
                                                                        Technique), the
                                                                        percent R must
                                                                        be greater than
                                                                        or equal to 70
                                                                        and less than or
                                                                        equal to 130.

[[Page 11293]]

 
                                                    v. measure CO at   (1) Method 10 of   (a) CO concentration
                                                     the exhaust of     40 CFR part 60,    must be at 15 percent
                                                     the station-ary    appendix A-4,      O2, dry basis.
                                                     RICE.              ASTM Method        Results of this test
                                                                        D6522-00 (2005)    consist of the
                                                                        a c, Method 320    average of the three
                                                                        of 40 CFR part     1-hour or longer
                                                                        63, appendix A,    runs.
                                                                        or ASTM D6348-03
                                                                        \a\.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ You may also use Methods 3A and 10 as options to ASTM-D6522-00 (2005). You may obtain a copy of ASTM-D6522-
  00 (2005) from at least one of the following addresses: American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr
  Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, or University Microfilms International, 300 North Zeeb Road,
  Ann Arbor, MI 48106.
\b\ You may obtain a copy of ASTM-D6348-03 from at least one of the following addresses: American Society for
  Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, or University Microfilms
  International, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106.


0
54. Amend appendix A to part 63 to read as follows:
0
a. By revising Method 306, sections 2.2.1 and 6.1.4, and the Note to 
section 8.0.
0
b. By revising Method 306A, section 8.2.
0
c. By revising Method 308, section 10.1.3.
0
d. By amending Method 315 as follows:
0
i. By revising section 6.1.1.
0
ii. By redesignating section 8.11 as section 8.1.
0
iii. By revising newly designated section 8.1.
0
iv. By revising section 10.5.
0
e. By revising Method 316, section 10.5.
0
f. By revising Method 321, the definition for the term ``Df'' in 
section 9.3.1.

Appendix A to Part 63--Test Methods Pollutant Measurement Methods From 
Various Waste Media

* * * * *

Method 306--Determination of Chromium Emissions From Decorative and 
Hard Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Operations--
Isokinetic Method

* * * * *
    2.2.1 Total chromium samples with high chromium concentrations 
(>=35 [mu]g/L) may be analyzed using inductively coupled plasma 
emission spectrometry (ICP) at 267.72 nm. Note: The ICP analysis is 
applicable for this method only when the solution analyzed has a Cr 
concentration greater than or equal to 35 [mu]g/L or five times the 
method detection limit as determined according to appendix B in 40 
CFR part 136. Similarly, inductively coupled plasma-mass 
spectroscopy (ICP-MS) may be used for total chromium analysis 
provided the procedures for ICP-MS analysis described in Method 6020 
or 6020A (EPA Office of Solid Waste, publication SW-846) are 
followed.
* * * * *
    6.1.4 Operating and maintenance procedures for the sampling 
train are described in APTD-0576 of Method 5. Users should read the 
APTD-0576 document and adopt the outlined procedures. Alternative 
mercury-free thermometers may be used if the thermometers are, at a 
minimum, equivalent in terms of performance or suitably effective 
for the specific temperature measurement application.
* * * * *

8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, Holding Times, Storage, and 
Transport

    Note: Prior to sample collection, consideration should be given 
to the type of analysis (Cr\+6\ or total Cr) that will be performed. 
Which analysis option(s) will be performed will determine which 
sample recovery and storage procedures will be required to process 
the sample.

* * * * *

Method 306A--Determination of Chromium Emissions From Decorative and 
Hard Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Operations

* * * * *
    8.2 Sample Recovery. After the train has been transferred to the 
sample recovery area, disconnect the tubing that connects the jar/
impingers. The tester shall select either the total Cr or Cr\+6\ 
sample recovery option. Samples to be analyzed for both total Cr and 
Cr\+6\ shall be recovered using the Cr\+6\ sample option (Section 
8.2.2). Note: Collect a reagent blank sample for each of the total 
Cr or the Cr\+6\ analytical options. If both analyses (Cr and 
Cr\+6\) are to be conducted on the samples, collect separate reagent 
blanks for each analysis. Also, since particulate matter is not 
usually present at chromium electroplating and/or chromium anodizing 
operations, it is not necessary to filter the Cr\+6\ samples unless 
there is observed sediment in the collected solutions. If it is 
necessary to filter the Cr\+6\ solutions, please refer to Method 
0061, Determination of Hexavalent Chromium Emissions from Stationary 
Sources, Section 7.4, Sample Preparation in SW-846 (see Reference 
1).
* * * * *

Method 308--Procedure for Determination of Methanol Emission From 
Stationary Sources

* * * * *
    10.1.3 Temperature Sensors. Calibrate against mercury-in-glass 
thermometers. An alternative mercury-free thermometer may be used if 
the thermometer is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance 
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement 
application.
* * * * *

Method 315--Determination of Particulate and Methylene Chloride 
Extractable Matter (MCEM) From Selected Sources at Primary Aluminum 
Production Facilities

* * * * *
    6.1.1 Sampling train. A schematic of the sampling train used in 
this method is shown in Figure 5-1, Method 5, 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A-3. Complete construction details are given in APTD-0581 
(Reference 2 in section 17.0 of this method); commercial models of 
this train are also available. For changes from APTD-0581 and for 
allowable modifications of the train shown in Figure 5-1, Method 5, 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A-3, see the following subsections. Note: 
The operating and maintenance procedures for the sampling train are 
described in APTD-0576 (Reference 3 in section 17.0 of this method). 
Since correct usage is important in obtaining valid results, all 
users should read APTD-0576 and adopt the operating and maintenance 
procedures outlined in it, unless otherwise specified herein. 
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the 
thermometers are, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance 
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement 
application. The use of grease for sealing sampling train components 
is not recommended because many greases are soluble in methylene 
chloride. The sampling train consists of the following components:
* * * * *
    8.1 Pretest preparation. It is suggested that sampling equipment 
be maintained according to the procedures described in APTD-0576. 
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the 
thermometers are at a minimum equivalent in terms of performance or 
suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement 
application.
* * * * *

[[Page 11294]]

    10.5 Temperature sensors. Use the procedure in Section 10.3 of 
Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1 to calibrate in-stack 
temperature sensors. Dial thermometers, such as are used for the DGM 
and condenser outlet, shall be calibrated against mercury-in-glass 
thermometers. An alternative mercury-free thermometer may be used if 
the thermometer is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance 
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement 
application.
* * * * *

Method 316--Sampling and Analysis for Formaldehyde Emissions From 
Stationary Sources in the Mineral Wool and Wool Fiberglass Industries

* * * * *
    10.5 Temperature gauges: Use the procedure in Section 4.3 of EPA 
Method 2 to calibrate in-stack temperature gauges. Dial 
thermometers, such as are used for the dry gas meter and condenser 
outlet, shall be calibrated against mercury-in-glass thermometers. 
An alternative mercury-free thermometer may be used if the 
thermometer is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance or 
suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement 
application.
* * * * *

Test Method 321--Measurement of Gaseous Hydrogen Chloride Emissions at 
Portland Cement Kilns by Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy

* * * * *
    9.3.1 * * *
DF = Dilution Factor (Total flow/Spike flow). Total flow = spike 
flow plus effluent flow.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 2014-02704 Filed 2-26-14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P